blob: 825dabfbc735bd1c4f65946ff29e90e5dc046697 [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
John McCall5cebab12009-11-18 07:57:50 +000015#include "Lookup.h"
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +000016#include "SemaInit.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000017#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000018#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000019#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +000020#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000021#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +000023#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +000024#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregor58e008d2008-11-13 20:12:29 +000025#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor55297ac2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000027#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwindb714922009-08-24 13:25:12 +000028#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000029
30namespace clang {
31
32/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
33/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +000034ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000035GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
36 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
37 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
38 ICC_Identity,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000042 ICC_Identity,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000043 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
44 ICC_Promotion,
45 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000046 ICC_Promotion,
47 ICC_Conversion,
48 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000049 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
52 ICC_Conversion,
53 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000054 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000055 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000056 ICC_Conversion
57 };
58 return Category[(int)Kind];
59}
60
61/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
62/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
63ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
64 static const ImplicitConversionRank
65 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Exact_Match,
70 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000071 ICR_Exact_Match,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000072 ICR_Promotion,
73 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +000074 ICR_Promotion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000077 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
79 ICR_Conversion,
80 ICR_Conversion,
81 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +000082 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +000083 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000084 ICR_Conversion
85 };
86 return Rank[(int)Kind];
87}
88
89/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
90/// implicit conversion.
91const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
Nuno Lopescfca1f02009-12-23 17:49:57 +000092 static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000093 "No conversion",
94 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
95 "Array-to-pointer",
96 "Function-to-pointer",
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +000097 "Noreturn adjustment",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000098 "Qualification",
99 "Integral promotion",
100 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000101 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000102 "Integral conversion",
103 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000104 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000105 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000106 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000107 "Pointer conversion",
108 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000109 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000110 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor786ab212008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000111 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000112 };
113 return Name[Kind];
114}
115
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000116/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
117/// sequence to the identity conversion.
118void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
119 First = ICK_Identity;
120 Second = ICK_Identity;
121 Third = ICK_Identity;
122 Deprecated = false;
123 ReferenceBinding = false;
124 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000125 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000126 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000127}
128
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000129/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
130/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
131/// implicit conversions.
132ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
133 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
134 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
135 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
136 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
137 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
138 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
139 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
140 return Rank;
141}
142
143/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
144/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000145/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000146/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000147bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000148 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
149 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
150
151 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
152 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
153 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
154 // a pointer.
155 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000156 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000157 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
158 return true;
159
160 return false;
161}
162
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000163/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
164/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
165/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
166/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000167bool
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000168StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000169isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000170 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
171 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
172
173 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
174 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
175 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
176 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
177 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
178
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +0000179 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000180 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000181 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
182
183 return false;
184}
185
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000186/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
187/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
188void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
189 bool PrintedSomething = false;
190 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
191 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
192 PrintedSomething = true;
193 }
194
195 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
196 if (PrintedSomething) {
197 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
198 }
199 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000200
201 if (CopyConstructor) {
202 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
203 } else if (DirectBinding) {
204 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
205 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
206 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
207 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000208 PrintedSomething = true;
209 }
210
211 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
212 if (PrintedSomething) {
213 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
214 }
215 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
216 PrintedSomething = true;
217 }
218
219 if (!PrintedSomething) {
220 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
221 }
222}
223
224/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
225/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
226void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
227 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
228 Before.DebugPrint();
229 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
230 }
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000231 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000232 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
233 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
234 After.DebugPrint();
235 }
236}
237
238/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
239/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
240void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
241 switch (ConversionKind) {
242 case StandardConversion:
243 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
244 Standard.DebugPrint();
245 break;
246 case UserDefinedConversion:
247 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
248 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
249 break;
250 case EllipsisConversion:
251 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
252 break;
253 case BadConversion:
254 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
255 break;
256 }
257
258 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
259}
260
261// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000262// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
263// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
264// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
265// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000266// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
267// cannot be overloaded with. This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
268// top of the underlying declaration.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000269//
270// Example: Given the following input:
271//
272// void f(int, float); // #1
273// void f(int, int); // #2
274// int f(int, int); // #3
275//
276// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000277// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000278//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000279// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1. By
280// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
281// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
282// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000283//
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000284// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
285// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
286// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
287// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000288// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
289// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000290Sema::OverloadKind
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000291Sema::CheckOverload(FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
292 NamedDecl *&Match) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000293 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000294 I != E; ++I) {
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000295 NamedDecl *OldD = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
296 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldT = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000297 if (!IsOverload(New, OldT->getTemplatedDecl())) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000298 Match = *I;
299 return Ovl_Match;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000300 }
John McCall3d988d92009-12-02 08:47:38 +0000301 } else if (FunctionDecl *OldF = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000302 if (!IsOverload(New, OldF)) {
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000303 Match = *I;
304 return Ovl_Match;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000305 }
John McCall84d87672009-12-10 09:41:52 +0000306 } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD) || isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
307 // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
308 // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
309 assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
310 } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
311 // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
312 // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
313 // template instantiation.
314 } else {
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000315 // (C++ 13p1):
316 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
317 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000318 Match = *I;
319 return Ovl_NonFunction;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000320 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000321 }
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000322
John McCalldaa3d6b2009-12-09 03:35:25 +0000323 return Ovl_Overload;
John McCall1f82f242009-11-18 22:49:29 +0000324}
325
326bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) {
327 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
328 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
329
330 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
331 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
332 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
333 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
334 return true;
335
336 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
337 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
338 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
339
340 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
341 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
342 // in the signature, they are overloads.
343
344 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
345 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
346 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
347 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
348 return false;
349
350 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
351 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
352
353 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
354 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
355 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
356 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
357 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
358 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
359 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
360 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
361 return true;
362
363 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
364 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
365 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
366 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
367 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
368 // signature.
369 //
370 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
371 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
372 if (NewTemplate &&
373 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
374 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
375 false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
376 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
377 return true;
378
379 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
380 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
381 //
382 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
383 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
384 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
385 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
386 // can be overloaded.
387 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
388 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
389 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
390 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
391 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
392 return true;
393
394 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
395 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000396}
397
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000398/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
399/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
400/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
401/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000402///
403/// void f(float f);
404/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
405///
406/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
407/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
408/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
409/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
410//
411/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
412/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
413/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
414/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
415/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000416///
417/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
418/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000419/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
420/// permitted.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000421/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
422/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000423/// If @p UserCast, the implicit conversion is being done for a user-specified
424/// cast.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000425ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson5ec4abf2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000426Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
427 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000428 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000429 bool InOverloadResolution,
430 bool UserCast) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000431 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000432 OverloadCandidateSet Conversions;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000433 OverloadingResult UserDefResult = OR_Success;
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000434 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000435 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000436 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000437 (UserDefResult = IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType,
438 ICS.UserDefined,
Fariborz Jahanian19c73282009-09-15 00:10:11 +0000439 Conversions,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000440 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +0000441 ForceRValue, UserCast)) == OR_Success) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000442 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000443 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
444 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
445 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
446 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
447 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
448 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
449 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000451 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000452 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000453 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
454 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor507eb872009-12-22 00:34:07 +0000455 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
Douglas Gregor4141d5b2009-12-22 00:21:20 +0000456 (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000457 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
458 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000459 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
460 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
461 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
462 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000463 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregorbb2e68832009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000464 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor05379422008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000465 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
466 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000467 }
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000468
469 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
470 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
471 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
472 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
473 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
474 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
475 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
476 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
477 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
478 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000479 } else {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000480 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000481 if (UserDefResult == OR_Ambiguous) {
482 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
483 Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
Fariborz Jahanian574de2c2009-10-12 17:51:19 +0000484 if (Cand->Viable)
485 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.push_back(Cand->Function);
Fariborz Jahanian21ccf062009-09-23 00:58:07 +0000486 }
487 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000488
489 return ICS;
490}
491
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000492/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
493/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
494static bool IsNoReturnConversion(ASTContext &Context, QualType FromType,
495 QualType ToType, QualType &ResultTy) {
496 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
497 return false;
498
499 // Strip the noreturn off the type we're converting from; noreturn can
500 // safely be removed.
501 FromType = Context.getNoReturnType(FromType, false);
502 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
503 return false;
504
505 ResultTy = FromType;
506 return true;
507}
508
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000509/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
510/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
511/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
512/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
513/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
514/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
515/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
516/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000517bool
518Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000519 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000520 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000521 QualType FromType = From->getType();
522
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000523 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000524 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000525 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000526 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000527 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000528 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000529
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000530 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000531 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000532 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
533 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
534 return false;
535
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000536 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000537 }
538
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000539 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
540 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
541 // (C++ 4p1).
542
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000543 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000544 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
545 // converted to an rvalue.
546 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000547 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000548 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000549 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000550 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000551
552 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
553 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000554 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
555 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000556 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000557 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
558 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000559 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000560
561 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
562 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
563 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
564 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
565
566 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
567 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000568 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000569
570 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
571 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
572 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
573 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000574 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
575 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
576 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
577 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000578 }
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000579 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
580 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000581 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000582
583 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
584 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
585 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
586 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000587 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000588 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000589 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000590 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
591
592 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
593 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
594 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000595 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
596 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
597 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
598 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000599 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
600 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
601 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
602 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
603 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
604 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
605 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
606 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
607 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
608 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
609 } else
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000610 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000611 } else {
612 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000613 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000614 }
615
616 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
617 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
618 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
619 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000620 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
621 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000622 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000623 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000624 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
625 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000626 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000627 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000628 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000629 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000630 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000631 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
632 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000633 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000634 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000635 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
636 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000637 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
638 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000639 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000640 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000641 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
642 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000643 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000644 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000645 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
646 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000647 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000648 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000649 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
650 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000651 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
652 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000653 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
654 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
655 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000656 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000657 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
658 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
659 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000660 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000661 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000662 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
663 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
664 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000665 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
666 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000667 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
668 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000669 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000670 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000671 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000672 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
673 InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000674 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000675 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000676 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
677 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
678 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
Fariborz Jahanian88118852009-12-11 21:23:13 +0000679 FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000680 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
681 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
682 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
683 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000684 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000685 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000686 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump12b8ce12009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000687 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
688 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000689 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +0000690 } else if (IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
691 // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
692 SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000693 } else {
694 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000695 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000696 }
697
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000698 QualType CanonFrom;
699 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000700 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000701 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000702 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000703 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000704 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
705 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000706 } else {
707 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000708 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
709
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000710 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000711 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
712 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
713 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000714 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000715 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000716 if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
717 == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
718 CanonFrom.getLocalCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalCVRQualifiers()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000719 FromType = ToType;
720 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
721 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000722 }
723
724 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
725 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000726 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000727 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000728
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000729 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
730 return true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000731}
732
733/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
734/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
735/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
736/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000737bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000738 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Sebastian Redlee547972008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000739 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000740 if (!To) {
741 return false;
742 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000743
744 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
745 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
746 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
747 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
748 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000749 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000750 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
751 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
752 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
753 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000754 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000755 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000756 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000757 }
758
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000759 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
760 }
761
762 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
763 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
764 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
765 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000766
767 // We pre-calculate the promotion type for enum types.
768 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>())
769 if (ToType->isIntegerType())
770 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType,
771 FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
772
773 if (FromType->isWideCharType() && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000774 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
775 // unsigned.
776 bool FromIsSigned;
777 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +0000778
779 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
780 FromIsSigned = true;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000781
782 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
783 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000784 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
785 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000786 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
787 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000788 };
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000789 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000790 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
791 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000792 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000793 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
794 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
795 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
796 // promotion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000797 return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000798 }
799 }
800 }
801
802 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
803 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
804 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
805 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
806 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
807 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
808 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000809 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
810 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000811 using llvm::APSInt;
812 if (From)
813 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000814 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor71235ec2009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000815 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
816 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
817 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
818 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000819
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000820 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
821 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
822 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
823 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
824 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000825
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000826 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
827 // that fits into an unsigned int?
828 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
829 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
830 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000831
Douglas Gregor2eedc3a2008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000832 return false;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000833 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000834 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000835
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000836 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
837 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000838 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000839 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000840 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000841
842 return false;
843}
844
845/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
846/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
847/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000848bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000849 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
850 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000851 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
852 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000853 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
854 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
855 return true;
856
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000857 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
858 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
859 // double is promoted to long double [...].
860 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
861 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
862 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
863 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
864 return true;
865 }
866
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000867 return false;
868}
869
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000870/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
871///
872/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
873/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000874/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000875bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000876 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000877 if (!FromComplex)
878 return false;
879
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000880 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000881 if (!ToComplex)
882 return false;
883
884 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregor67525022009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000885 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
886 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
887 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor78ca74d2009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000888}
889
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000890/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
891/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
892/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
893/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
894/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000895static QualType
896BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000897 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
898 ASTContext &Context) {
899 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
900 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000901 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000902
903 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000904 if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000905 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000906 if (!ToType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000907 return ToType;
908
909 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
910 // already.
911 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
912 }
913
914 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000915 return Context.getPointerType(
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +0000916 Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(),
917 Quals));
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000918}
919
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +0000920/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
921/// the FromType, which is an objective-c pointer, to ToType, which may or may
922/// not have the right set of qualifiers.
923static QualType
924BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(QualType FromType,
925 QualType ToType,
926 ASTContext &Context) {
927 QualType CanonFromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
928 QualType CanonToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
929 Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromType.getQualifiers();
930
931 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
932 if (CanonToType.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals)
933 return ToType;
934
935 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
936 return Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToType.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);
937}
938
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000939static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000940 bool InOverloadResolution,
941 ASTContext &Context) {
942 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
943 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
944 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
945 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
946 return !InOverloadResolution;
947
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +0000948 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
949 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
950 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000951}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000952
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000953/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
954/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
955/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
956/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
957/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
958/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000959///
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000960/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
961/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
962/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
963/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
964/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
965/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000966/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
967/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
968/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000969bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000970 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000971 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000972 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000973 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000974 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
975 return true;
Douglas Gregor47d3f272008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000976
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000977 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
978 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000979 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor79a6b012008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000980 ConvertedType = ToType;
981 return true;
982 }
983
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000984 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
985 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000986 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000987 ConvertedType = ToType;
988 return true;
989 }
990 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
991 // pointer type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000992 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000993 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor231d1c62008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000994 ConvertedType = ToType;
995 return true;
996 }
997
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000998 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
999 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001000 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001001 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +00001002 ConvertedType = ToType;
1003 return true;
1004 }
1005
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001006 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001007 if (!ToTypePtr)
1008 return false;
1009
1010 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlsson759b7892009-08-28 15:55:56 +00001011 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001012 ConvertedType = ToType;
1013 return true;
1014 }
Sebastian Redl72b8aef2008-10-31 14:43:28 +00001015
Fariborz Jahanian01cbe442009-12-16 23:13:33 +00001016 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
1017 // , including objective-c pointers.
1018 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
1019 if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
1020 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedObjCObjectPointerType(FromType,
1021 ToType, Context);
1022 return true;
1023
1024 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001025 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001026 if (!FromTypePtr)
1027 return false;
1028
1029 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001030
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001031 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
1032 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
1033 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregor64259f52009-03-24 20:32:41 +00001034 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001035 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001036 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001037 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001038 return true;
1039 }
1040
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001041 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
1042 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001043 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001044 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001045 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001046 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001047 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001048 return true;
1049 }
1050
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001051 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001052 //
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001053 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
1054 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
1055 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
1056 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
1057 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
1058 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
1059 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
1060 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
1061 //
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001062 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
1063 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001064 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1065 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregore6fb91f2009-10-29 23:08:22 +00001066 !RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, PDiag()) &&
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001067 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001068 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbb9bf882008-11-27 00:52:49 +00001069 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001070 ToType, Context);
1071 return true;
1072 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001073
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001074 return false;
1075}
1076
1077/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
1078/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
1079/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001080bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001081 QualType& ConvertedType,
1082 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1083 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1084 return false;
1085
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001086 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001087 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001088 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001089 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001090
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001091 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001092 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001093 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001094 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001095 ConvertedType = ToType;
1096 return true;
1097 }
1098 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001099 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001100 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001101 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001102 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001103 ConvertedType = ToType;
1104 return true;
1105 }
1106 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1107 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1108 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1109 ConvertedType = ToType;
1110 return true;
1111 }
1112
1113 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1114 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1115 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1116 // complain about it.
1117 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1118 ConvertedType = FromType;
1119 return true;
1120 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001121 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001122 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001123 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001124 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001125 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001126 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001127 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1128 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001129 return false;
1130
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001131 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001132 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001133 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001134 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001135 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1136 else
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001137 return false;
1138
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001139 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1140 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1141 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1142 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1143 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1144 // We always complain about this conversion.
1145 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1146 ConvertedType = ToType;
1147 return true;
1148 }
Douglas Gregor033f56d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001149 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001150 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1151 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1152 // complain about it).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001153 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001154 = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001155 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001156 = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001157 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1158 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1159 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1160 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1161 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1162 return false;
1163
1164 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1165 // function types are obviously different.
1166 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1167 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1168 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1169 return false;
1170
1171 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1172 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1173 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1174 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1175 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1176 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1177 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1178 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1179 HasObjCConversion = true;
1180 } else {
1181 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1182 return false;
1183 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001184
Douglas Gregora119f102008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001185 // Check argument types.
1186 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1187 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1188 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1189 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1190 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1191 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1192 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1193 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1194 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1195 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1196 HasObjCConversion = true;
1197 } else {
1198 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1199 return false;
1200 }
1201 }
1202
1203 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1204 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1205 // conversion, but complain about it.
1206 ConvertedType = ToType;
1207 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1208 return true;
1209 }
1210 }
1211
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001212 return false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001213}
1214
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001215/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1216/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9f831db2009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001217/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001218/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1219/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1220/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001221bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001222 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1223 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001224 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1225
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001226 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1227 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001228 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1229 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor1e57a3f2008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001230
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001231 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1232 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1233 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1234 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001235 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1236 From->getExprLoc(),
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001237 From->getSourceRange(),
1238 IgnoreBaseAccess))
Anders Carlsson7ec8ccd2009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001239 return true;
1240
1241 // The conversion was successful.
1242 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001243 }
1244 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001245 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001246 FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001247 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001248 ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001249 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1250 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1251 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001252 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001253 return false;
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001254
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001255 }
Douglas Gregor39c16d42008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001256 return false;
1257}
1258
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001259/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1260/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1261/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1262/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1263/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1264bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001265 QualType ToType,
1266 bool InOverloadResolution,
1267 QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001268 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001269 if (!ToTypePtr)
1270 return false;
1271
1272 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001273 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1274 InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
1275 : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001276 ConvertedType = ToType;
1277 return true;
1278 }
1279
1280 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001281 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001282 if (!FromTypePtr)
1283 return false;
1284
1285 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1286 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1287 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1288 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1289 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1290
1291 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1292 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1293 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1294 return true;
1295 }
1296
1297 return false;
1298}
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001299
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001300/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1301/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1302/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1303/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1304/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1305/// otherwise.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001306bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redl7c353682009-11-14 21:15:49 +00001307 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind,
1308 bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
1309 (void)IgnoreBaseAccess;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001310 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001311 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001312 if (!FromPtrType) {
1313 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Douglas Gregor56751b52009-09-25 04:25:58 +00001314 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
1315 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001316 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1317 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001318 return false;
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001319 }
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001320
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001321 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001322 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1323 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001324
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001325 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1326 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001327
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001328 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1329 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1330 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001331
Douglas Gregor36d1b142009-10-06 17:59:45 +00001332 CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1333 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001334 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1335 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1336 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1337 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001338
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001339 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1340 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1341 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1342 Paths.clear();
1343 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1344 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1345 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1346 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001347
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001348 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1349 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1350 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1351 return true;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001352 }
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001353
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001354 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001355 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1356 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1357 << From->getSourceRange();
1358 return true;
1359 }
1360
Anders Carlssond7923c62009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001361 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1362 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl72b597d2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001363 return false;
1364}
1365
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001366/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1367/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1368/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001369bool
1370Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001371 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1372 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1373
1374 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1375 // qualification conversion.
1376 if (FromType == ToType)
1377 return false;
Sebastian Redled8f2002009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001378
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001379 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1380 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1381 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1382 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001383 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001384 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001385 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1386 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1387 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001388 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001389 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1390 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001391 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001392
1393 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1394 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregorea2d4212008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001395 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001396 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001397
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001398 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1399 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1400 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001401 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001402 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001403
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001404 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1405 // include const.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001407 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001408 }
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001409
1410 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1411 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1412 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1413 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1414 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001415 return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
Douglas Gregor9a657932008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001416}
1417
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001418/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1419/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1420/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1421/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1422/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1423/// false and User is unspecified.
1424///
1425/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1426/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1427/// will be considered.
1428///
1429/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1430/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1431/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001432///
1433/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1434/// for overload resolution.
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001435/// \param UserCast true if looking for user defined conversion for a static
1436/// cast.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00001437OverloadingResult Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1438 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
1439 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
1440 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
1441 bool AllowExplicit,
1442 bool ForceRValue,
1443 bool UserCast) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001444 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor3ec1bf22009-11-05 13:06:35 +00001445 if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType, PDiag())) {
1446 // We're not going to find any constructors.
1447 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
1448 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001449 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1450 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1451 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1452 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1453 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1454 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1455 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1456 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001457 bool SuppressUserConversions = !UserCast;
1458 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
1459 IsDerivedFrom(From->getType(), ToType)) {
1460 SuppressUserConversions = false;
1461 AllowConversionFunctions = false;
1462 }
1463
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001464 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001465 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1466 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1467 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001468 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001469 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001470 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001471 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1472 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1473 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1474 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1475 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476 Constructor
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001477 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1478 else
1479 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00001480
Fariborz Jahanian11a8e952009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001481 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssond20e7952009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001482 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001483 if (ConstructorTmpl)
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001484 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
1485 &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001486 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001487 else
Fariborz Jahanianb3c44f92009-10-01 20:39:51 +00001488 // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
1489 // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001490 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor379d84b2009-11-13 18:44:21 +00001491 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001492 }
Douglas Gregor89ee6822009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001493 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001494 }
1495 }
1496
Douglas Gregor576e98c2009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001497 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1498 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001499 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1500 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssond624e162009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001501 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001502 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001503 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001504 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001506 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1507 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001508 const UnresolvedSet *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00001509 = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001510 for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
1511 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001512 NamedDecl *D = *I;
1513 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
1514 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
1515 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
1516
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001517 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1518 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001519 if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I)))
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001520 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1521 else
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00001522 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001523
1524 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1525 if (ConvTemplate)
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001526 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, ActingContext,
1527 From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001528 else
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00001529 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, ActingContext, From, ToType,
1530 CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanianf9012a32009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001531 }
1532 }
1533 }
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001534 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001535
1536 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001537 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001538 case OR_Success:
1539 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001540 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001541 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1542 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1543 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1544 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1545 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1546 // the argument of the constructor.
1547 //
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001548 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001549 if (Best->Conversions[0].ConversionKind ==
1550 ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion)
1551 User.EllipsisConversion = true;
1552 else {
1553 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1554 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
1555 }
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001556 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1557 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001558 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001559 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001560 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001561 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001562 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1563 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1564 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1565 //
1566 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1567 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1568 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1569 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1570 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1571 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00001572 User.EllipsisConversion = false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001573
1574 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001575 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1576 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1577 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1578 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1579 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1580 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1581 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1582 // 13.3.3.1).
1583 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001584 return OR_Success;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001585 } else {
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001586 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001587 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001588 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001589
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001590 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001591 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001592 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001593 // No conversion here! We're done.
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001594 return OR_Deleted;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001595
1596 case OR_Ambiguous:
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001597 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001598 }
1599
Fariborz Jahanian3e6b57e2009-09-15 19:12:21 +00001600 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001601}
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001602
1603bool
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001604Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001605 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
1606 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1607 OverloadingResult OvResult =
1608 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
1609 CandidateSet, true, false, false);
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00001610 if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
1611 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1612 diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
1613 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1614 else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty())
1615 Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1616 diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
1617 << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
1618 else
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001619 return false;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00001620 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00001621 return true;
1622}
Douglas Gregor26bee0b2008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001623
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001624/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1625/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1626/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001627ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001628Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1629 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1630{
1631 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1632 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1633 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1634 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1635 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1636 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1637 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1638 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001639 //
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001640 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1641 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1642 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1643 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1644
1645 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1646 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1647 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1648 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1649 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001650 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001651 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1652 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1653 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1654 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1655 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1656 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1657 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001659 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1660 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1661 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1662 }
1663
1664 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1665}
1666
1667/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1668/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1669/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001671Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1672 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1673{
1674 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1675 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1676
1677 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1678 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1679 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1680 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1681 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1682 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1683 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1684 ;
1685 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1686 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001687 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001688 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1689 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1690 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1691 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1692 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001693 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001694 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1695 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1696 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1697
1698 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1699 // defined below), or, if not that,
1700 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1701 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1702 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1703 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1704 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1705 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001706
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001707 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1708 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1709 // applies:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001710
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001711 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1712 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1713 // that is such a conversion.
1714 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1715 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1716 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1717 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1718
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001719 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1720 //
1721 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001722 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1723 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1724 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001726 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001727 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001728 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001729 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1730 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1731 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001732 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1733 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001734 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1735 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1736 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001737 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1738 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1739 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001740 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1741 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1742 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1743 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1744 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1745 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1746
1747 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1748 // conversion, if we need to.
1749 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1750 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1751 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1752 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1753
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001754 QualType FromPointee1
1755 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
1756 QualType FromPointee2
1757 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001758
Douglas Gregor1aa450a2009-12-13 21:37:05 +00001759 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1760 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1761 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1762 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1763
1764 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1765 // other, it is the better one.
1766 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1767 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1768 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1769 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1770 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1771 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1772 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1773 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001774 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001775
1776 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1777 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001778 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001779 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001780 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001781
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001782 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001783 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1784 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1785 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1786 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1787 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001788 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1789 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1790 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1791 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1792 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1793 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlb28b4072009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001794
1795 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1796 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1797 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1798 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1799 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1800 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redl4c0cd852009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001801 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1802 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001803 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1804 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001805 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1806 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1807 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
1808 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
1809 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1810 // for comparison.
1811 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1812 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1813 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1814 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001815 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1816 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1817 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1818 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1819 }
1820 }
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001821
1822 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1823}
1824
1825/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1826/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001827/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1828ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001829Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001830 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregor4b62ec62008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001831 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001832 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1833 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1834 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1835 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1836 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1837 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1838 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1839 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1840
1841 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1842 // conversion (!)
1843 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1844 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1845 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1846 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001847 Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
1848 QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
1849 QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001850
1851 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1852 // them.
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001853 if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001854 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1855
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00001856 // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
1857 // for comparison.
1858 if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
1859 T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
1860 if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
1861 T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
1862
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001863 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001864 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1865 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1866 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1867 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1868 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregor29a92472008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001869 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001870 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1871 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1872 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1873 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1874 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1875 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1876 // about how the sequences rank.
1877 ;
1878 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1879 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1880 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1881 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1882 // qualifiers.
1883 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001884
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001885 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1886 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1887 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1888 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1889 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1890 // qualifiers.
1891 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001892
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001893 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1894 } else {
1895 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1896 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1897 }
1898
1899 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00001900 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001901 break;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001902 }
1903
Douglas Gregore1eb9d82008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001904 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1905 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1906 switch (Result) {
1907 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1908 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1909 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1910 break;
1911
1912 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1913 break;
1914
1915 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1916 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1917 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1918 break;
1919 }
1920
1921 return Result;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001922}
1923
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001924/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1925/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001926/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1927/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1928/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001929ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1930Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1931 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1932 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1933 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1934 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1935 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1936
1937 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1938 // conversion, if we need to.
1939 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1940 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1941 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1942 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1943
1944 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1945 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1946 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1947 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1948 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1949
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001950 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001951 //
1952 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1953 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001954 //
1955 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1956 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001957
1958 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001959 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregora29dc052008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001960 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1961 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1962 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1963 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001964 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001965 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001966 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001967 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001968 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001969 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001970 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001971 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001972
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001973 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1974 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1975 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
1976 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001977
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001978 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001979 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1980 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1981 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1982 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1983 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001984
1985 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1986 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1987 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1988 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1989 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1990 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001991 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001992
1993 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1994 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1995 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1996 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1997 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1998 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001999
Douglas Gregor237f96c2008-11-26 23:31:11 +00002000 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
2001 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
2002 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2003 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
2004 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2005 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002006 }
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002007 }
2008
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002009 // Compare based on reference bindings.
2010 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
2011 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
2012 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
2013 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2014 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002015 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2016 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002017 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2018 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2019 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2020 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2021 }
2022
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002023 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
2024 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
2025 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002026 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2027 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002028 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2029 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2030 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2031 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2032 }
2033 }
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002034
2035 // Ranking of member-pointer types.
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002036 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
2037 FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
2038 ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
2039 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
2040 FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2041 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
2042 ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2043 const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
2044 FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2045 const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
2046 ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2047 const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
2048 const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
2049 const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
2050 const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
2051 QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2052 QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2053 QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
2054 QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanianac741ff2009-10-20 20:07:35 +00002055 // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
Fariborz Jahanian9a587b02009-10-20 20:04:46 +00002056 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
2057 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
2058 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2059 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
2060 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2061 }
2062 // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
2063 if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
2064 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
2065 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2066 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
2067 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2068 }
2069 }
2070
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002071 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
2072 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
2073 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002074 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2075 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002076 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
2077 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2078 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
2079 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2080 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002081
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002082 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002083 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
2084 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002085 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
2086 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
2087 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
2088 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
2089 }
2090 }
Douglas Gregoref30a5f2008-10-29 14:50:44 +00002091
Douglas Gregor5c407d92008-10-23 00:40:37 +00002092 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
2093}
2094
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002095/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
2096/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
2097/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
2098/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002099/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002100/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
2101/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002102ImplicitConversionSequence
2103Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002104 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
2105 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor4e5cbdc2009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002106 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002107 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002108 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002109 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002110 SuppressUserConversions,
2111 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2112 ForceRValue,
2113 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002114 return ICS;
2115 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002116 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002117 SuppressUserConversions,
2118 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002119 ForceRValue,
2120 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002121 }
2122}
2123
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002124/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
2125/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
2126/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
2127/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
2128/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002129bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002130 AssignmentAction Action, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002131 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
2132 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
2133 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002134
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002135 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
2136 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0cfbdab2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00002137 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
2138 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
2139 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002140
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002141 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002142 FromType, From, Action);
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002143 }
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002144
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002145 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002146 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Douglas Gregorc809cc22009-09-23 23:04:10 +00002147 /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
Anders Carlsson271e3a42009-08-27 17:30:43 +00002148 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
2149 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
2150 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002151
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002152 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002153 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerf3d3fae2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00002154 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002155 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType))
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002156 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2157 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002158 << ToType << From->getType() << Action << From->getSourceRange();
Fariborz Jahanian0b51c722009-09-22 19:53:15 +00002159 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e1cf602008-10-29 00:13:59 +00002160}
2161
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002162/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
2163/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
2164/// expression @p From.
2165ImplicitConversionSequence
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002166Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(QualType FromType,
2167 CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2168 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
2169 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002170 // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
2171 // const volatile object.
2172 unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
2173 Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
2174 QualType ImplicitParamType = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002175
2176 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
2177 // to exit early.
2178 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2179 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2180 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2181
2182 // We need to have an object of class type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002183 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002184 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2185
2186 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002187
Sebastian Redl931e0bd2009-11-18 20:55:52 +00002188 // The implicit object parameter is has the type "reference to cv X",
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002189 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2190 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2191 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002192 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002193 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2194 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2195 // non-constant references.
2196
2197 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2198 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2199 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002200 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
2201 != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
Douglas Gregor01df9462009-11-05 00:07:36 +00002202 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon))
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002203 return ICS;
2204
2205 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2206 // affects the conversion rank.
2207 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002208 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType())
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002209 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2210 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2211 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2212 else
2213 return ICS;
2214
2215 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2216 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2217 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2218 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2219 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2220 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redlf69a94a2009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002221 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002222 return ICS;
2223}
2224
2225/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2226/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2227/// expression.
2228bool
2229Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002230 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002231 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002232 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002233
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002234 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002235 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2236 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2237 } else {
2238 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2239 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2240 }
2241
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002242 // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
2243 // the actual argument initialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002245 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Method,
2246 Method->getParent());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002247 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2248 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattner3b054132008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002249 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002250 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002251
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002252 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssonbfdea0f2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002253 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2254 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002255 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2256 From->getSourceRange()))
2257 return true;
2258
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002259 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson4f4aab22009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002260 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002261 return false;
2262}
2263
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002264/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2265/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2266ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002267 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonef4c7212009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002268 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2269 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002270 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002271 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2272 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002273}
2274
2275/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2276/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2277bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2278 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00002279 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting))
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002280 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002281
Fariborz Jahanian76197412009-11-18 18:26:29 +00002282 if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
Fariborz Jahanianf0647a52009-09-22 20:24:30 +00002283 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2284 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2285 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2286 return true;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002287}
2288
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002289/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002290/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2291/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2292/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002293/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2294/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2295/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002296///
2297/// \para PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
2298/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
2299/// code completion.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300void
2301Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002302 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor2fe98832008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002303 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002304 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002305 bool ForceRValue,
2306 bool PartialOverloading) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002307 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002308 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002309 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002310 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002311 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002313 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002314
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002315 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002316 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2317 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2318 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2319 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2320 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002321 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
2322 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
2323 // is irrelevant.
2324 AddMethodCandidate(Method, Method->getParent(),
2325 QualType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002326 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2327 return;
2328 }
2329 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2330 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002331 }
2332
Douglas Gregorff7028a2009-11-13 23:59:09 +00002333 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002334 return;
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002335
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002336 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2337 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2338
Douglas Gregorffe14e32009-11-14 01:20:54 +00002339 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)){
2340 // C++ [class.copy]p3:
2341 // A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
2342 // of a class object to an object of its class type.
2343 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
2344 if (NumArgs == 1 &&
2345 Constructor->isCopyConstructorLikeSpecialization() &&
2346 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()))
2347 return;
2348 }
2349
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002350 // Add this candidate
2351 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2352 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2353 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002354 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002355 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002356 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002357
2358 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2359
2360 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2361 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2362 // list (8.3.5).
Douglas Gregor2a920012009-09-23 14:56:09 +00002363 if ((NumArgs + (PartialOverloading && NumArgs)) > NumArgsInProto &&
2364 !Proto->isVariadic()) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002365 Candidate.Viable = false;
2366 return;
2367 }
2368
2369 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2370 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2371 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2372 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2373 // exactly m parameters.
2374 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00002375 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002376 // Not enough arguments.
2377 Candidate.Viable = false;
2378 return;
2379 }
2380
2381 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2382 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002383 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2384 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2385 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2386 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2387 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2388 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2389 // parameter of F.
2390 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002391 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2392 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002393 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2394 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002395 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002396 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002397 // 13.3.3.1-p10 If several different sequences of conversions exist that
2398 // each convert the argument to the parameter type, the implicit conversion
2399 // sequence associated with the parameter is defined to be the unique conversion
2400 // sequence designated the ambiguous conversion sequence. For the purpose of
2401 // ranking implicit conversion sequences as described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous
2402 // conversion sequence is treated as a user-defined sequence that is
2403 // indistinguishable from any other user-defined conversion sequence
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002404 if (!Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet.empty()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002405 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind =
2406 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Fariborz Jahanian91ae9fd2009-09-29 17:31:54 +00002407 // Set the conversion function to one of them. As due to ambiguity,
2408 // they carry the same weight and is needed for overload resolution
2409 // later.
2410 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].UserDefined.ConversionFunction =
2411 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0];
2412 }
Fariborz Jahanianc9c39172009-09-28 19:06:58 +00002413 else {
2414 Candidate.Viable = false;
2415 break;
2416 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002417 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002418 } else {
2419 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2420 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2421 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002422 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002423 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2424 }
2425 }
2426}
2427
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002428/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2429/// the overload canddiate set.
2430void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2431 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2432 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2433 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002435 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002436 F != FEnd; ++F) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002437 // FIXME: using declarations
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002438 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F)) {
2439 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
2440 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002441 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
2442 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002443 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
2444 else
2445 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2446 SuppressUserConversions);
2447 } else {
2448 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F);
2449 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2450 !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
2451 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002452 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002453 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002454 Args[0]->getType(), Args + 1, NumArgs - 1,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002455 CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002456 SuppressUserConversions);
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002457 else
2458 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002459 /*FIXME: explicit args */ 0,
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002460 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2461 SuppressUserConversions);
2462 }
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002463 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002464}
2465
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002466/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
2467/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002468void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(NamedDecl *Decl,
2469 QualType ObjectType,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002470 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2471 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2472 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2473
2474 // FIXME: use this
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002475 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002476
2477 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
2478 Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();
2479
2480 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
2481 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2482 "Expected a member function template");
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002483 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, ActingContext, /*ExplicitArgs*/ 0,
2484 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002485 CandidateSet,
2486 SuppressUserConversions,
2487 ForceRValue);
2488 } else {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002489 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), ActingContext,
2490 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002491 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2492 }
2493}
2494
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002495/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2496/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2497/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2498/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2499/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2500/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redl42e92c42009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002501/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2502/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2503/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002504void
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002505Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2506 QualType ObjectType, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002507 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002508 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2509 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002510 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002511 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002512 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002513 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002514 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2515 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002516
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002517 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
2518 return;
2519
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002520 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2521 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2522
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002523 // Add this candidate
2524 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2525 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2526 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002527 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002528 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002529
2530 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2531
2532 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2533 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2534 // list (8.3.5).
2535 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2536 Candidate.Viable = false;
2537 return;
2538 }
2539
2540 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2541 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2542 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2543 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2544 // exactly m parameters.
2545 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2546 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2547 // Not enough arguments.
2548 Candidate.Viable = false;
2549 return;
2550 }
2551
2552 Candidate.Viable = true;
2553 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2554
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002555 if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002556 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2557 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2558 else {
2559 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2560 // parameter.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002561 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2562 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Method, ActingContext);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002563 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002564 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2565 Candidate.Viable = false;
2566 return;
2567 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002568 }
2569
2570 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2571 // arguments.
2572 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2573 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2574 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2575 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2576 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2577 // parameter of F.
2578 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002579 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2580 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002581 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson228eea32009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002582 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002583 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002584 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2585 Candidate.Viable = false;
2586 break;
2587 }
2588 } else {
2589 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2590 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2591 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002592 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002593 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2594 }
2595 }
2596}
2597
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002598/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2599/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2600/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002601void
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002602Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002603 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002604 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002605 QualType ObjectType,
2606 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002607 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2608 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2609 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002610 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
2611 return;
2612
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002613 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002614 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002615 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002616 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002617 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2618 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2619 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2620 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2621 // functions.
2622 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2623 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2624 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002625 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002626 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2627 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2628 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2629 (void)Result;
2630 return;
2631 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002632
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002633 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2634 // deduction as a candidate.
2635 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002636 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002637 "Specialization is not a member function?");
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002638 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), ActingContext,
2639 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002640 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2641}
2642
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002643/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2644/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2645/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002646void
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002647Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002648 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002649 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2650 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2651 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2652 bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002653 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2654 return;
2655
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002656 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002657 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002658 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002659 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002660 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2661 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2662 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2663 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2664 // functions.
2665 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2666 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2667 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002668 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002669 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002670 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2671 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00002672 (void) Result;
2673
2674 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2675 OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2676 Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2677 Candidate.Viable = false;
2678 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
2679 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002680 return;
2681 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002682
Douglas Gregorad3f2fc2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002683 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2684 // deduction as a candidate.
2685 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2686 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2687 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2688}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002689
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002690/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002691/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002692/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002693/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002694/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2695/// conversion function produces).
2696void
2697Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002698 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002699 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2700 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002701 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2702 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2703
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002704 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2705 return;
2706
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002707 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2708 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2709
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002710 // Add this candidate
2711 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2712 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2713 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002714 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002715 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002716 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002717 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002718 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2719 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2720
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002721 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2722 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002723 Candidate.Viable = true;
2724 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002725 Candidate.Conversions[0]
2726 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From->getType(), Conversion,
2727 ActingContext);
Fariborz Jahanianf4061e32009-09-14 20:41:01 +00002728 // Conversion functions to a different type in the base class is visible in
2729 // the derived class. So, a derived to base conversion should not participate
2730 // in overload resolution.
2731 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base)
2732 Candidate.Conversions[0].Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002733 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002734 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2735 Candidate.Viable = false;
2736 return;
2737 }
Fariborz Jahanian996a6aa2009-10-19 19:18:20 +00002738
2739 // We won't go through a user-define type conversion function to convert a
2740 // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
2741 // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
2742 QualType FromCanon
2743 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2744 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
2745 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
2746 Candidate.Viable = false;
2747 return;
2748 }
2749
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002750
2751 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2752 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2753 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2754 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2755 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2756 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2757 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2758 // well-formed.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002759 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002760 From->getLocStart());
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002761 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Eli Friedman06ed2a52009-10-20 08:27:19 +00002762 CastExpr::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002763 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002764
2765 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenekd7b4f402009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002766 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2767 // allocator).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002768 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002769 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Douglas Gregore8f080122009-11-17 21:16:22 +00002770 From->getLocStart());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002771 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2772 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002773 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002774 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2775 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002776
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002777 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2778 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2779 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2780 break;
2781
2782 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2783 Candidate.Viable = false;
2784 break;
2785
2786 default:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002787 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002788 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2789 }
2790}
2791
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002792/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2793/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2794/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2795/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2796/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002797void
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002798Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002799 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002800 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2801 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2802 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2803 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2804
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002805 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
2806 return;
2807
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002808 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2809 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2810 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002811 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002812 Specialization, Info)) {
2813 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2814 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2815 (void)Result;
2816 return;
2817 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002818
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002819 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2820 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2821 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002822 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, ActingDC, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002823}
2824
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002825/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2826/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2827/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2828/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2829/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2830void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002831 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002832 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002833 QualType ObjectType,
2834 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002835 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor5b0f2a22009-09-28 04:47:19 +00002836 if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
2837 return;
2838
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00002839 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
2840 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
2841
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002842 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2843 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2844 Candidate.Function = 0;
2845 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2846 Candidate.Viable = true;
2847 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002848 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002849 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2850
2851 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2852 // object parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002853 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002854 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectType, Conversion, ActingContext);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002855 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2856 Candidate.Viable = false;
2857 return;
2858 }
2859
2860 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2861 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2862 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002863 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002864 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2865 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
Fariborz Jahanian55824512009-11-06 00:23:08 +00002866 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002867 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002868 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002869 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2870 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2871
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002872 // Find the
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002873 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2874
2875 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2876 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2877 // list (8.3.5).
2878 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2879 Candidate.Viable = false;
2880 return;
2881 }
2882
2883 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2884 // we have enough arguments.
2885 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2886 // Not enough arguments.
2887 Candidate.Viable = false;
2888 return;
2889 }
2890
2891 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2892 // arguments.
2893 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2894 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2895 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2896 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2897 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2898 // parameter of F.
2899 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002900 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2901 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002902 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002903 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2904 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002905 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002906 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2907 Candidate.Viable = false;
2908 break;
2909 }
2910 } else {
2911 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2912 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2913 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002914 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002915 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2916 }
2917 }
2918}
2919
Mike Stump87c57ac2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002920// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2921// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2922// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002923void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002924 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002925 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor94eabf32009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002926 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2927 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002928 FunctionSet Functions;
2929
2930 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2931 QualType T2;
2932 if (NumArgs > 1)
2933 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2934
2935 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor7a77a6b2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002936 if (S)
2937 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00002938 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, /*Operator*/true, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002939 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2940 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00002941 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002942}
2943
2944/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2945/// member functions.
2946///
2947/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2948/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2949/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2950/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2951/// [over.match.oper]).
2952void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2953 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2954 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2955 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2956 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002957 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2958
2959 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2960 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2961 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2962 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2963 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2964 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2965 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2966 // constructed as follows:
2967 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2968 QualType T2;
2969 if (NumArgs > 1)
2970 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2971
2972 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2973 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2974 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2975 // empty.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002976 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002977 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
Anders Carlsson7f84ed92009-10-09 23:51:55 +00002978 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PDiag()))
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002979 return;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002980
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00002981 LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2982 LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
2983 Operators.suppressDiagnostics();
2984
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002985 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor6a1f9652009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002986 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2987 Oper != OperEnd;
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002988 ++Oper)
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00002989 AddMethodCandidate(*Oper, Args[0]->getType(),
2990 Args + 1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00002991 /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002992 }
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002993}
2994
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002995/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2996/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2997/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002998/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2999/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003000/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
3001/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
3002/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003003void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003004 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003005 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003006 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
3007 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregor27381f32009-11-23 12:27:39 +00003008 // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
3009 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Action::Unevaluated);
3010
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003011 // Add this candidate
3012 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
3013 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
3014 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregor1d248c52008-12-12 02:00:36 +00003015 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003016 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003017 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
3018 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3019 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
3020
3021 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
3022 // arguments.
3023 Candidate.Viable = true;
3024 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
3025 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003026 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
3027 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
3028 // left operand are restricted as follows:
3029 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
3030 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
3031 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003032 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003033 //
3034 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
3035 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
3036 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
3037 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003038 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003039 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003040 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
3041 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
3042 } else {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003043 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
3044 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlsson03068aa2009-08-27 17:18:13 +00003045 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson20d13322009-08-27 17:37:39 +00003046 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
3047 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003048 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003049 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003050 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003051 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor436424c2008-11-18 23:14:02 +00003052 break;
3053 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003054 }
3055}
3056
3057/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
3058/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
3059/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
3060/// enumeration types.
3061class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
3062 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003063 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003064
3065 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
3066 /// built-in candidates.
3067 TypeSet PointerTypes;
3068
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003069 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
3070 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3071 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
3072
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003073 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
3074 /// used in the built-in candidates.
3075 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
3076
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003077 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
3078 /// candidate type set.
3079 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003080
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003081 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
3082 ASTContext &Context;
3083
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003084 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3085 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003086 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003087
3088public:
3089 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003090 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003091
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003093 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003094
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003095 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
3096 SourceLocation Loc,
3097 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003098 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3099 const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003100
3101 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
3102 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
3103
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003104 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003105 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
3106
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003107 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
3108 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
3109
3110 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
3111 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
3112
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003113 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
3114 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
3115
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003116 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003117 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
3118};
3119
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003120/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003121/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3122/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3123/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3124/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3125/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3126/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003127///
3128/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003129bool
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003130BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
3131 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003132
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003133 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003134 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003135 return false;
3136
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003137 const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
3138 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a pointer type!");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003139
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003140 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003141 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3142 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3143 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3144 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3145 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3146 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003147 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor4ef1d402009-11-09 22:08:55 +00003148 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array =Context.getAsConstantArrayType(PointeeTy))
Fariborz Jahanianfacfdd42009-11-09 21:02:05 +00003149 BaseCVR = Array->getElementType().getCVRQualifiers();
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003150 bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
3151 bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();
3152
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003153 // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
3154 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3155 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003156 // Skip over Volatile/Restrict if no Volatile/Restrict found anywhere
3157 // in the types.
3158 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;
3159 if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) && !hasRestrict) continue;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003160 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3161 PointerTypes.insert(Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy));
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003162 }
3163
3164 return true;
3165}
3166
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003167/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
3168/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
3169/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
3170/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
3171/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
3172/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
3173/// false otherwise.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003174///
3175/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003176bool
3177BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
3178 QualType Ty) {
3179 // Insert this type.
3180 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
3181 return false;
3182
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003183 const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
3184 assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003185
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003186 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl4990a632009-11-18 20:39:26 +00003187 // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
3188 // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
3189 // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
3190 // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
3191 if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
3192 return true;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003193 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
3194
3195 // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
3196 // qualifiers.
3197 unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
3198 for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
3199 if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
3200
3201 QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
3202 MemberPointerTypes.insert(Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003203 }
3204
3205 return true;
3206}
3207
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003208/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
3209/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003210/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
3211/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003212/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
3213/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
3214/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
3215/// type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003216void
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003217BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003218 SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003219 bool AllowUserConversions,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003220 bool AllowExplicitConversions,
3221 const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003222 // Only deal with canonical types.
3223 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
3224
3225 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
3226 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003227 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003228 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
3229
3230 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003231 Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003232
Sebastian Redl65ae2002009-11-05 16:36:20 +00003233 // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
3234 if (Ty->isArrayType())
3235 Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
3236
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003237 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003238 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
3239
3240 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
3241 // of types.
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003242 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003243 return;
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003244 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
3245 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
3246 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
3247 return;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003248 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnera59a3e22009-03-29 00:04:01 +00003249 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003250 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003251 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003252 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(Loc, Ty, 0)) {
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003253 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
3254 return;
3255 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003256
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003257 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003258 const UnresolvedSet *Conversions
Fariborz Jahanianae01f782009-10-07 17:26:09 +00003259 = ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003260 for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
3261 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003262
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003263 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003264 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003265 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003266 continue;
3267
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003268 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003269 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003270 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003271 VisibleQuals);
3272 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003273 }
3274 }
3275 }
3276}
3277
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003278/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
3279/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
3280/// given type to the candidate set.
3281static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
3282 QualType T,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003283 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003284 unsigned NumArgs,
3285 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
3286 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003287
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003288 // T& operator=(T&, T)
3289 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
3290 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3291 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3292 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003293
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003294 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
3295 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003296 ParamTypes[0]
3297 = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003298 ParamTypes[1] = T;
3299 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003300 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003301 }
3302}
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003303
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003304/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
3305/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003306static Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
3307 Qualifiers VRQuals;
3308 const RecordType *TyRec;
3309 if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
3310 ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3311 TyRec = cast<RecordType>(RHSMPType->getClass());
3312 else
3313 TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
3314 if (!TyRec) {
Fariborz Jahanianb06ec052009-10-16 22:08:05 +00003315 // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003316 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3317 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3318 return VRQuals;
3319 }
3320
3321 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003322 const UnresolvedSet *Conversions =
Sebastian Redl1054fae2009-10-25 17:03:50 +00003323 ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003324
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00003325 for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
3326 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
3327 if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*I)) {
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003328 QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
3329 if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
3330 CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3331 // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
3332 // as see them.
3333 bool done = false;
3334 while (!done) {
3335 if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
3336 CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3337 else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
3338 CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
3339 CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
3340 else
3341 done = true;
3342 if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
3343 VRQuals.addVolatile();
3344 if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
3345 VRQuals.addRestrict();
3346 if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
3347 return VRQuals;
3348 }
3349 }
3350 }
3351 return VRQuals;
3352}
3353
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003354/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
3355/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
3356/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
3357/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
3358/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003359void
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003360Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003361 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003362 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3363 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003364 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
3365 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
3366 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
3367 // types; these types need to be first.
3368 // FIXME: What about complex?
3369 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
3370 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003371 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003372 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
3373 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
3374 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
3375 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
3376 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003377 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
3378// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003379 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
3380 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
3381 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
3382 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
3383 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
3384 };
Douglas Gregorb8440a72009-10-21 22:01:30 +00003385 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedIntegralType] == Context.IntTy &&
3386 "Invalid first promoted integral type");
3387 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedIntegralType - 1]
3388 == Context.UnsignedLongLongTy &&
3389 "Invalid last promoted integral type");
3390 assert(ArithmeticTypes[FirstPromotedArithmeticType] == Context.IntTy &&
3391 "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
3392 assert(ArithmeticTypes[LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1]
3393 == Context.LongDoubleTy &&
3394 "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
3395
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003396 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
3397 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
3398 // that make use of these types.
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003399 Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
3400 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003401 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
3402 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);
3403
Douglas Gregor8a2e6012009-08-24 15:23:48 +00003404 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003405 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3406 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003407 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003408 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003409 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003410 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003411 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003412 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00003413 OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003414 true,
3415 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3416 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003417 Op == OO_PipePipe),
3418 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003419 }
3420
3421 bool isComparison = false;
3422 switch (Op) {
3423 case OO_None:
3424 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3425 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3426 break;
3427
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003428 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003429 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003430 goto UnaryStar;
3431 else
3432 goto BinaryStar;
3433 break;
3434
3435 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3436 if (NumArgs == 1)
3437 goto UnaryPlus;
3438 else
3439 goto BinaryPlus;
3440 break;
3441
3442 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3443 if (NumArgs == 1)
3444 goto UnaryMinus;
3445 else
3446 goto BinaryMinus;
3447 break;
3448
3449 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3450 if (NumArgs == 1)
3451 goto UnaryAmp;
3452 else
3453 goto BinaryAmp;
3454
3455 case OO_PlusPlus:
3456 case OO_MinusMinus:
3457 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3458 //
3459 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3460 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3461 // functions of the form
3462 //
3463 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3464 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3465 //
3466 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3467 //
3468 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3469 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3470 // candidate operator functions of the form
3471 //
3472 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3473 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003474 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003475 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3476 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003477 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003478 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003479
3480 // Non-volatile version.
3481 if (NumArgs == 1)
3482 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3483 else
3484 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003485 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
3486 // Add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
3487 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3488 // Volatile version
3489 ParamTypes[0]
3490 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(ArithTy));
3491 if (NumArgs == 1)
3492 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3493 else
3494 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3495 }
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003496 }
3497
3498 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3499 //
3500 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3501 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3502 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3503 //
3504 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3505 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3506 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3507 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3508 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3509 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3510 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003511 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003512 continue;
3513
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003514 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3515 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003516 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003517
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003518 // Without volatile
3519 if (NumArgs == 1)
3520 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3521 else
3522 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3523
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003524 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3525 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003526 // With volatile
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003527 ParamTypes[0]
3528 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003529 if (NumArgs == 1)
3530 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3531 else
3532 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3533 }
3534 }
3535 break;
3536
3537 UnaryStar:
3538 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3539 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3540 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3541 //
3542 // T& operator*(T*);
3543 //
3544 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3545 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3546 // functions of the form
3547 // T& operator*(T*);
3548 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3549 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3550 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003551 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003552 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003553 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3554 }
3555 break;
3556
3557 UnaryPlus:
3558 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3559 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3560 // the form
3561 //
3562 // T* operator+(T*);
3563 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3564 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3565 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3566 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3567 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003568
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003569 // Fall through
3570
3571 UnaryMinus:
3572 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3573 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3574 // operator functions of the form
3575 //
3576 // T operator+(T);
3577 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003578 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003579 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3580 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3581 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3582 }
3583 break;
3584
3585 case OO_Tilde:
3586 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3587 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3588 // operator functions of the form
3589 //
3590 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003591 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003592 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3593 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3594 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3595 }
3596 break;
3597
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003598 case OO_New:
3599 case OO_Delete:
3600 case OO_Array_New:
3601 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003602 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003603 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003604 break;
3605
3606 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003607 UnaryAmp:
3608 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003609 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3610 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3611 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003612 break;
3613
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003614 case OO_EqualEqual:
3615 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3616 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003617 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3618 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003619 //
3620 // bool operator==(T,T);
3621 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003622 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003623 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3624 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3625 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3626 ++MemPtr) {
3627 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3628 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3629 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003630
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003631 // Fall through
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003632
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003633 case OO_Less:
3634 case OO_Greater:
3635 case OO_LessEqual:
3636 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003637 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3638 //
3639 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3640 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003641 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003642 // bool operator<(T, T);
3643 // bool operator>(T, T);
3644 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3645 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3646 // bool operator==(T, T);
3647 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3648 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3649 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3650 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3651 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3652 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003653 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003654 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3655 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3656 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3657 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3658 }
3659
3660 // Fall through.
3661 isComparison = true;
3662
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003663 BinaryPlus:
3664 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003665 if (!isComparison) {
3666 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3667
3668 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3669 //
3670 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3671 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003672 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003673 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3674 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3675 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3676 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3677 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3678 //
3679 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3680 //
3681 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3682 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3683 //
3684 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003685 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003686 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3687 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3688 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3689
3690 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3691 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3692
3693 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3694 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3695 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3696 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3697 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3698 } else {
3699 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3700 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3701 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3702 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3703 }
3704 }
3705 }
3706 // Fall through
3707
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003708 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003709 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003710 Conditional:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003711 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3712 //
3713 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3714 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3715 //
3716 // LR operator*(L, R);
3717 // LR operator/(L, R);
3718 // LR operator+(L, R);
3719 // LR operator-(L, R);
3720 // bool operator<(L, R);
3721 // bool operator>(L, R);
3722 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3723 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3724 // bool operator==(L, R);
3725 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3726 //
3727 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3728 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003729 //
3730 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3731 //
3732 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3733 // candidate operator functions of the form
3734 //
3735 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3736 //
3737 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3738 // between types L and R.
3739 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003740 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003741 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003742 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003743 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3744 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003745 QualType Result
3746 = isComparison
3747 ? Context.BoolTy
3748 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003749 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3750 }
3751 }
3752 break;
3753
3754 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003755 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003756 case OO_Caret:
3757 case OO_Pipe:
3758 case OO_LessLess:
3759 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3760 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3761 //
3762 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3763 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3764 //
3765 // LR operator%(L, R);
3766 // LR operator&(L, R);
3767 // LR operator^(L, R);
3768 // LR operator|(L, R);
3769 // L operator<<(L, R);
3770 // L operator>>(L, R);
3771 //
3772 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3773 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003774 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003775 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003777 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3778 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3779 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3780 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003781 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003782 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3783 }
3784 }
3785 break;
3786
3787 case OO_Equal:
3788 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3789 //
3790 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003791 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003792 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3793 //
3794 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003795 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3796 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3797 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3798 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003799 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003800 CandidateSet);
3801 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3802 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3803 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3804 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003805 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor84605ae2009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003806 CandidateSet);
3807 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003808
3809 case OO_PlusEqual:
3810 case OO_MinusEqual:
3811 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3812 //
3813 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3814 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3815 // of the form
3816 //
3817 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3818 //
3819 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3820 //
3821 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3822 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3823 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3824 //
3825 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3826 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3827 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3828 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3829 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3830 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3831
3832 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003833 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003834 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3835 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003836
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003837 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
3838 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003839 // volatile version
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003840 ParamTypes[0]
3841 = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003842 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3843 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003844 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003845 }
3846 // Fall through.
3847
3848 case OO_StarEqual:
3849 case OO_SlashEqual:
3850 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3851 //
3852 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3853 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3854 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3855 // the form
3856 //
3857 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3858 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3859 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3860 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3861 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3862 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003863 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003864 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3865 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3866 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3867
3868 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003869 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregorc5e61072009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003870 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3871 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003872
3873 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
Fariborz Jahanianb9e8c422009-10-19 21:30:45 +00003874 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3875 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
3876 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3877 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3878 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
3879 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003880 }
3881 }
3882 break;
3883
3884 case OO_PercentEqual:
3885 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3886 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3887 case OO_AmpEqual:
3888 case OO_CaretEqual:
3889 case OO_PipeEqual:
3890 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3891 //
3892 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3893 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3894 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3895 //
3896 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3897 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3898 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3899 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3900 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3901 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3902 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003903 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003904 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3905 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3906 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3907
3908 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003909 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003910 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Fariborz Jahaniana4a93342009-10-20 00:04:40 +00003911 if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
3912 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3913 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3914 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
3915 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
3916 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3917 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003918 }
3919 }
3920 break;
3921
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003922 case OO_Exclaim: {
3923 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3924 //
3925 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3926 //
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003927 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003928 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3929 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3930 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003931 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3932 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3933 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003934 break;
3935 }
3936
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003937 case OO_AmpAmp:
3938 case OO_PipePipe: {
3939 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3940 //
3941 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3942 //
Douglas Gregord08452f2008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003943 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003944 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3945 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3946 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor5fb53972009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003947 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3948 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3949 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003950 break;
3951 }
3952
3953 case OO_Subscript:
3954 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3955 //
3956 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3957 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003958 //
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003959 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3960 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3961 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3962 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3963 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3964 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3965 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3966 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003967 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003968 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003969
3970 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3971 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3972
3973 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3974 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3975 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3976 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3977 }
3978 break;
3979
3980 case OO_ArrowStar:
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003981 // C++ [over.built]p11:
3982 // For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
3983 // C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
3984 // type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
3985 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3986 // CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
3987 // where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
3988 {
3989 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3990 CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3991 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3992 QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
3993 QualType C1;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003994 QualifierCollector Q1;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003995 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = C1Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00003996 C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(PointerTy->getPointeeType()), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00003997 if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
3998 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00003999 // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
4000 // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
4001 // volatile/restrict type.
4002 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
4003 continue;
4004 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
4005 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004006 }
4007 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
4008 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4009 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
4010 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
4011 const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
4012 QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
Fariborz Jahanian12df37c2009-10-07 16:56:50 +00004013 C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004014 if (C1 != C2 && !IsDerivedFrom(C1, C2))
4015 break;
4016 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
4017 // build CV12 T&
4018 QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian3b937fa2009-10-15 17:14:05 +00004019 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
4020 T.isVolatileQualified())
4021 continue;
4022 if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
4023 T.isRestrictQualified())
4024 continue;
Fariborz Jahanian4dc12462009-10-09 16:34:40 +00004025 T = Q1.apply(T);
Fariborz Jahanian34d93dc2009-10-06 23:08:05 +00004026 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
4027 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4028 }
4029 }
4030 }
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004031 break;
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004032
4033 case OO_Conditional:
4034 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
4035 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
4036 // therefore added as binary.
4037 //
4038 // C++ [over.built]p24:
4039 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
4040 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
4041 //
4042 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
4043 //
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004044 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
4045 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4046 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4047 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4048 }
Sebastian Redl8ce189f2009-04-19 21:53:20 +00004049 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
4050 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
4051 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
4052 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
4053 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4054 }
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004055 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004056 }
4057}
4058
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004059/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
4060/// to the set of overloading candidates.
4061///
4062/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
4063/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
4064/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
4065/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004066void
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004067Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
4068 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004069 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004070 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4071 bool PartialOverloading) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004072 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004073
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004074 // FIXME: Should we be trafficking in canonical function decls throughout?
4075
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004076 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
4077 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
4078 // candidates a second time.
4079 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4080 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4081 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004082 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004083 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004084 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4085 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
4086 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004087
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004088 // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
Sebastian Redlc057f422009-10-23 19:23:15 +00004089 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, /*Operator*/false, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004090
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004091 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
4092 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
4093 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4094 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
4095 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004096 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004097 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004098 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4099 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
4100 }
Douglas Gregord2b7ef62009-03-13 00:33:25 +00004101
4102 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
4103 // set.
4104 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
4105 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004106 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004107 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004108 if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004109 continue;
4110
4111 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
4112 false, false, PartialOverloading);
4113 } else
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004114 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004115 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor89026b52009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004116 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor15448f82009-06-27 21:05:07 +00004117 }
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004118}
4119
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004120/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
4121/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004122bool
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004123Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004124 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004125 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
4126 // functions.
4127 if (!Cand2.Viable)
4128 return Cand1.Viable;
4129 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
4130 return false;
4131
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004132 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
4133 //
4134 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
4135 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
4136 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
4137 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
4138 unsigned StartArg = 0;
4139 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
4140 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004141
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004142 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004143 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
4144 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004145 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004146 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
4147 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
4148 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004149 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004150 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
4151 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
4152 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4153 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4154 HasBetterConversion = true;
4155 break;
4156
4157 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4158 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4159 return false;
4160
4161 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4162 // Do nothing.
4163 break;
4164 }
4165 }
4166
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004167 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004168 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004169 if (HasBetterConversion)
4170 return true;
4171
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004172 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004173 // specialization, or, if not that,
4174 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4175 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
4176 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004177
4178 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
4179 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
4180 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregord3cb3562009-07-07 23:38:56 +00004181 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor55137cb2009-08-02 23:46:29 +00004182 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
4183 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004184 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
4185 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4186 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Douglas Gregor6010da02009-09-14 23:02:14 +00004187 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
4188 : TPOC_Call))
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004189 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004190
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004191 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
4192 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
4193 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
4194 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
4195 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
4196 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004197 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
4198 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregora1f013e2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00004199 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
4200 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
4201 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
4202 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
4203 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
4204 return true;
4205
4206 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
4207 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
4208 return false;
4209
4210 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
4211 // Do nothing
4212 break;
4213 }
4214 }
4215
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004216 return false;
4217}
4218
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004219/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004220/// within an overload candidate set.
4221///
4222/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
4223///
4224/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
4225/// which overload resolution occurs.
4226///
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004227/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004228/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
4229///
4230/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00004231OverloadingResult Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
4232 SourceLocation Loc,
4233 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004234 // Find the best viable function.
4235 Best = CandidateSet.end();
4236 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4237 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
4238 if (Cand->Viable) {
4239 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
4240 Best = Cand;
4241 }
4242 }
4243
4244 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
4245 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
4246 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
4247
4248 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
4249 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
4250 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
4251 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004252 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004253 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004254 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
4255 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004256 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004257 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004258 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004259
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004260 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004261 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004262 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004263 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004264 return OR_Deleted;
4265
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004266 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
4267 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004268 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
4269 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004270 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
4271 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
4272 if (Best->Function)
4273 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004274 return OR_Success;
4275}
4276
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004277/// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
4278void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn) {
4279
4280 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
4281 // At least call it a 'constructor'.
4282 if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) {
4283 Diag(Ctor->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_ctor);
4284 return;
4285 }
4286
4287 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Ctor->getParent();
4288 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) {
4289 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_implicit_copy_ctor);
4290 return;
4291 }
4292
4293 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_implicit_default_ctor);
4294 return;
4295 }
4296
4297 if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4298 // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
4299 // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
4300 if (!Meth->isImplicit()) {
4301 Diag(Meth->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_meth);
4302 return;
4303 }
4304
4305 assert(Meth->isCopyAssignment()
4306 && "implicit method is not copy assignment operator?");
4307 Diag(Meth->getParent()->getLocation(),
4308 diag::note_ovl_candidate_implicit_copy_assign);
4309 return;
4310 }
4311
4312 Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate);
4313}
4314
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004315namespace {
4316
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004317void NoteDeletedCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4318}
4319
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004320void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004321 // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
4322 if (Cand->Viable &&
4323 (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
4324 Cand->Function->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())) {
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004325 S.Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
4326 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
4327 return;
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004328 }
4329
4330 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004331 = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4332 // Function template specialization
4333 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
4334 S.Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_template_candidate)
4335 << S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(),
4336 *Cand->Function->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
4337 return;
4338 }
4339
4340 // Normal function
4341 bool errReported = false;
4342 if (!Cand->Viable && Cand->Conversions.size() > 0) {
4343 for (int i = Cand->Conversions.size()-1; i >= 0; i--) {
4344 const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conversion =
4345 Cand->Conversions[i];
4346 if ((Conversion.ConversionKind !=
4347 ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) ||
4348 Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size() == 0)
4349 continue;
4350 S.Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(),
4351 diag::note_ovl_candidate_not_viable) << (i+1);
4352 errReported = true;
4353 for (int j = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet.size()-1;
4354 j >= 0; j--) {
4355 FunctionDecl *Func = Conversion.ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4356 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Func);
4357 }
4358 }
4359 }
4360
4361 if (!errReported)
4362 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->Function);
4363}
4364
4365void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4366 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
4367 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
4368 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
4369 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
4370 bool isLValueReference = false;
4371 bool isRValueReference = false;
4372 bool isPointer = false;
4373 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4374 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
4375 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4376 isLValueReference = true;
4377 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
4378 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
4379 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
4380 isRValueReference = true;
4381 }
4382 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4383 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4384 isPointer = true;
4385 }
4386 // Desugar down to a function type.
4387 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
4388 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
4389 if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
4390 if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
4391 if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
4392
4393 S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
4394 << FnType;
4395}
4396
4397void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S,
4398 const char *Opc,
4399 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4400 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4401 assert(Cand->Conversions.size() <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
4402 std::string TypeStr("operator");
4403 TypeStr += Opc;
4404 TypeStr += "(";
4405 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
4406 if (Cand->Conversions.size() == 1) {
4407 TypeStr += ")";
4408 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4409 } else {
4410 TypeStr += ", ";
4411 TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
4412 TypeStr += ")";
4413 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
4414 }
4415}
4416
4417void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4418 OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
4419 unsigned NoOperands = Cand->Conversions.size();
4420 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
4421 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
4422 if (ICS.ConversionKind != ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion ||
4423 ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.empty())
4424 continue;
4425 if (CXXConversionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4426 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[0])) {
4427 QualType FromTy =
4428 QualType(static_cast<Type*>(ICS.UserDefined.Before.FromTypePtr),0);
4429 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion)
4430 << FromTy << Func->getConversionType();
4431 }
4432 for (unsigned j = 0; j < ICS.ConversionFunctionSet.size(); j++) {
4433 FunctionDecl *Func =
4434 Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionFunctionSet[j];
4435 S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Func);
4436 }
4437 }
4438}
4439
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004440struct CompareOverloadCandidates {
4441 SourceManager &SM;
4442 CompareOverloadCandidates(SourceManager &SM) : SM(SM) {}
4443
4444 bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
4445 const OverloadCandidate *R) {
4446 // Order first by viability.
4447 if (L->Viable != R->Viable)
4448 return L->Viable;
4449
4450 // Put declared functions first.
4451 if (L->Function) {
4452 if (!R->Function) return true;
4453 return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L->Function->getLocation(),
4454 R->Function->getLocation());
4455 } else if (R->Function) return false;
4456
4457 // Then surrogates.
4458 if (L->IsSurrogate) {
4459 if (!R->IsSurrogate) return true;
4460 return SM.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(L->Surrogate->getLocation(),
4461 R->Surrogate->getLocation());
4462 } else if (R->IsSurrogate) return false;
4463
4464 // And builtins just come in a jumble.
4465 return false;
4466 }
4467};
4468
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004469} // end anonymous namespace
4470
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004471/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
4472/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004473/// set.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004474void
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004475Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004476 OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00004477 const char *Opc,
Fariborz Jahanian29f9d392009-10-09 00:13:15 +00004478 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004479 // Sort the candidates by viability and position. Sorting directly would
4480 // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
4481 llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
4482 if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(CandidateSet.size());
4483 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
4484 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
4485 Cand != LastCand; ++Cand)
4486 if (Cand->Viable || OCD == OCD_AllCandidates)
4487 Cands.push_back(Cand);
4488 std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(), CompareOverloadCandidates(SourceMgr));
4489
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004490 bool ReportedNonViableOperator = false;
4491
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004492 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
4493 for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4494 OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;
Douglas Gregor4fc308b2008-11-21 02:54:28 +00004495
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004496 if (Cand->Function)
4497 NoteFunctionCandidate(*this, Cand);
4498 else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
4499 NoteSurrogateCandidate(*this, Cand);
4500
4501 // This a builtin candidate. We do not, in general, want to list
4502 // every possible builtin candidate.
4503
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004504 // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
4505 else if (Cand->Viable)
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004506 NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(*this, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
4507
4508 // Otherwise, non-viability might be due to ambiguous user-defined
4509 // conversions. Report them exactly once.
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00004510 else if (!ReportedNonViableOperator) {
John McCalld3224162010-01-08 00:58:21 +00004511 NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(*this, OpLoc, Cand);
4512 ReportedNonViableOperator = true;
Douglas Gregora11693b2008-11-12 17:17:38 +00004513 }
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004514 }
4515}
4516
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004517/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
4518/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
4519/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
4520/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
4521///
4522/// @code
4523/// int f(double);
4524/// int f(int);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004525///
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004526/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
4527/// @endcode
4528///
4529/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
4530/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
4531/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
4532FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004533Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004534 bool Complain) {
4535 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004536 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004537 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004538 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004539 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarb566c6c2009-02-26 19:13:44 +00004540 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004541 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004542 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004543 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
4544 IsMember = true;
4545 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004546
4547 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor6b6ba8b2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00004548 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004549 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004550 return 0;
4551
4552 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004553
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004554 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4555 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4556 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4557 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4558
4559 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4560 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4561 // operator.
4562 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4563 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4564 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4565 }
4566
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004567 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004568 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004569
4570 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
Anders Carlssonb68b0282009-10-20 22:53:47 +00004571
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004572 // Look into the overloaded expression.
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00004573 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UL
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004574 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4575 Fns.append(UL->decls_begin(), UL->decls_end());
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00004576 if (UL->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4577 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4578 UL->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4579 }
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004580 } else if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *ME
4581 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4582 Fns.append(ME->decls_begin(), ME->decls_end());
4583 if (ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4584 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004585 ME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00004586 }
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004587 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004588
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004589 // If we didn't actually find anything, we're done.
4590 if (Fns.empty())
4591 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004592
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004593 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4594 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004595 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004596 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004597 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = Fns.begin(),
4598 E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004599 // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
4600 NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
4601
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004602 // C++ [over.over]p3:
4603 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl16d307d2009-02-05 12:33:33 +00004604 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
4605 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004606 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
4607 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004608
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004609 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004610 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004611 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004612 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004613 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004614 // static when converting to member pointer.
4615 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
4616 continue;
4617 } else if (IsMember)
4618 continue;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004619
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004620 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004621 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4622 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4623 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4624 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004625 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004626 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004627 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4628 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4629 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004630 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate,
4631 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &ExplicitTemplateArgs : 0),
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004632 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
4633 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4634 (void)Result;
4635 } else {
Douglas Gregor3a923c2d2009-09-24 23:14:47 +00004636 // FIXME: If the match isn't exact, shouldn't we just drop this as
4637 // a candidate? Find a testcase before changing the code.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004638 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004639 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004640 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00004641 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004642 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004643
4644 continue;
Douglas Gregor9b146582009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004645 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004646
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004647 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004648 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
4649 // when converting to member pointer.
4650 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004651 continue;
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00004652
4653 // If we have explicit template arguments, skip non-templates.
4654 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4655 continue;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004656 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl18f8ff62009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004657 continue;
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004658
Chandler Carruthc25c6ee2009-12-29 06:17:27 +00004659 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
Douglas Gregor40cb9ad2009-12-09 00:47:37 +00004660 QualType ResultTy;
4661 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FunctionType, FunDecl->getType()) ||
4662 IsNoReturnConversion(Context, FunDecl->getType(), FunctionType,
4663 ResultTy)) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004664 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004665 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
4666 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004667 }
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004668 }
4669
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004670 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4671 if (Matches.empty())
4672 return 0;
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004673 else if (Matches.size() == 1) {
4674 FunctionDecl *Result = *Matches.begin();
4675 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4676 return Result;
4677 }
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004678
4679 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4680 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004681 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004682 if (!FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004683 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4684 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4685 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4686 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4687 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4688
4689 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4690 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4691 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4692 // best function template (if it exists).
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004693 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 8> TemplateMatches(Matches.begin(),
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004694 Matches.end());
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004695 FunctionDecl *Result =
4696 getMostSpecialized(TemplateMatches.data(), TemplateMatches.size(),
4697 TPOC_Other, From->getLocStart(),
4698 PDiag(),
4699 PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4700 << TemplateMatches[0]->getDeclName(),
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004701 PDiag(diag::note_ovl_template_candidate));
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004702 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4703 return Result;
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004704 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004705
Douglas Gregorfae1d712009-09-26 03:56:17 +00004706 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4707 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4708 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
4709 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
4710 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4711 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4712
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004713 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004714 // selected function.
Sebastian Redldf4b80e2009-10-17 21:12:09 +00004715 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1) {
4716 FunctionDecl *Result = RemainingMatches.front();
4717 MarkDeclarationReferenced(From->getLocStart(), Result);
4718 return Result;
4719 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004720
Douglas Gregorb257e4f2009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004721 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4722 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4723 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4724 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4725 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
John McCallfd0b2f82010-01-06 09:43:14 +00004726 NoteOverloadCandidate(RemainingMatches[I]);
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004727 return 0;
4728}
4729
Douglas Gregor8364e6b2009-12-21 23:17:24 +00004730/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
4731/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
4732///
4733/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
4734/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
4735/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
4736/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
4737FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(Expr *From) {
4738 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4739 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
4740 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
4741 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
4742
4743 // C++ [over.over]p1:
4744 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
4745 // operator.
4746 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
4747 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
4748 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
4749 }
4750
4751 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
4752 TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
4753
4754 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*,8> Fns;
4755
4756 // Look into the overloaded expression.
4757 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *UL
4758 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4759 Fns.append(UL->decls_begin(), UL->decls_end());
4760 if (UL->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4761 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4762 UL->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4763 }
4764 } else if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *ME
4765 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
4766 Fns.append(ME->decls_begin(), ME->decls_end());
4767 if (ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4768 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
4769 ME->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4770 }
4771 }
4772
4773 // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
4774 if (Fns.empty() || !HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4775 return 0;
4776
4777 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
4778 // whose type matches exactly.
4779 FunctionDecl *Matched = 0;
4780 for (llvm::SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = Fns.begin(),
4781 E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4782 // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
4783 // [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
4784 // where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
4785 // specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
4786 // identifies a single function template specialization, then the
4787 // template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
4788 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I);
4789
4790 // C++ [over.over]p2:
4791 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
4792 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
4793 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
4794 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
4795 // overloaded functions considered.
4796 // FIXME: We don't really want to build the specialization here, do we?
4797 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
4798 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
4799 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
4800 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4801 Specialization, Info)) {
4802 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
4803 (void)Result;
4804 continue;
4805 }
4806
4807 // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
4808 if (Matched)
4809 return 0;
4810
4811 Matched = Specialization;
4812 }
4813
4814 return Matched;
4815}
4816
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004817/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
4818static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004819 NamedDecl *Callee,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004820 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004821 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4822 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4823 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004824 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
4825 Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();
4826
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004827 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004828 assert(!ExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004829 S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, false, false,
4830 PartialOverloading);
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004831 return;
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004832 }
4833
4834 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
4835 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004836 S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004837 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004838 return;
4839 }
4840
4841 assert(false && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
4842
4843 // do nothing?
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004844}
4845
4846/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
4847/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004848void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004849 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4850 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
4851 bool PartialOverloading) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004852
4853#ifndef NDEBUG
4854 // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
4855 // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004856 //
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004857 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4858 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4859 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4860 //
4861 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
4862 //
4863 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004864 // using-declaration, or
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004865 //
4866 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4867 // template
4868 //
4869 // then Y is empty.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004870
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004871 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
4872 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
4873 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4874 assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
4875 assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
4876 !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
4877 assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004878 }
4879 }
4880#endif
4881
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004882 // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
4883 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
4884 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4885 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4886 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
4887 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
4888 }
4889
4890 for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
4891 E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00004892 AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, *I, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004893 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004894 PartialOverloading);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00004895
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004896 if (ULE->requiresADL())
4897 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004898 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004899 CandidateSet,
4900 PartialOverloading);
4901}
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004902
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004903static Sema::OwningExprResult Destroy(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
4904 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
4905 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
4906 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4907 Args[Arg]->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
4908 return SemaRef.ExprError();
4909}
4910
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004911/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
4912///
4913/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004914static Sema::OwningExprResult
4915BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *Fn,
4916 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
4917 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4918 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4919 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4920 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004921
4922 CXXScopeSpec SS;
4923 if (ULE->getQualifier()) {
4924 SS.setScopeRep(ULE->getQualifier());
4925 SS.setRange(ULE->getQualifierRange());
4926 }
4927
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004928 TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
4929 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
4930 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
4931 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
4932 ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
4933 }
4934
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004935 LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
4936 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
Douglas Gregor598b08f2009-12-31 05:20:13 +00004937 if (SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(/*Scope=*/0, SS, R))
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004938 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004939
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004940 assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");
4941
4942 // Build an implicit member call if appropriate. Just drop the
4943 // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
4944 Sema::OwningExprResult NewFn = SemaRef.ExprError();
4945 if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
4946 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4947 else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
4948 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, false, *ExplicitTemplateArgs);
4949 else
4950 NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);
4951
4952 if (NewFn.isInvalid())
4953 return Destroy(SemaRef, Fn, Args, NumArgs);
4954
4955 Fn->Destroy(SemaRef.Context);
4956
4957 // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
4958 // an expression with non-empty lookup results, which should never
4959 // end up here.
4960 return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ 0, move(NewFn), LParenLoc,
4961 Sema::MultiExprArg(SemaRef, (void**) Args, NumArgs),
4962 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00004963}
Douglas Gregorcabea402009-09-22 15:41:20 +00004964
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004965/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregore254f902009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004966/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4967/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4968/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4969/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregora60a6912008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004970/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004971/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004972Sema::OwningExprResult
4973Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
4974 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4975 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
4976 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4977 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4978#ifndef NDEBUG
4979 if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
4980 // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
4981 assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");
4982
4983 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
4984 // Verify that this was correctly set up.
4985 FunctionDecl *F;
4986 if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
4987 (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
4988 F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
4989 assert(0 && "performing ADL for builtin");
4990
4991 // We don't perform ADL in C.
4992 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
4993 }
4994#endif
4995
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004996 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregorb8a9a412009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004997
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00004998 // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
4999 // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
5000 AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005001
5002 // If we found nothing, try to recover.
5003 // AddRecoveryCallCandidates diagnoses the error itself, so we just
5004 // bailout out if it fails.
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005005 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5006 return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(*this, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
5007 CommaLocs, RParenLoc);
John McCalld681c392009-12-16 08:11:27 +00005008
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005009 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005010 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005011 case OR_Success: {
5012 FunctionDecl *FDecl = Best->Function;
5013 Fn = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, FDecl);
5014 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5015 }
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005016
5017 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner45d9d602009-02-17 07:29:20 +00005018 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005019 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005020 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005021 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005022 break;
5023
5024 case OR_Ambiguous:
5025 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005026 << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005027 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates);
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005028 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005029
5030 case OR_Deleted:
5031 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
5032 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005033 << ULE->getName()
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005034 << Fn->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005035 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005036 break;
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005037 }
5038
5039 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
5040 // return NULL.
5041 Fn->Destroy(Context);
5042 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
5043 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
John McCall57500772009-12-16 12:17:52 +00005044 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor99dcbff2008-11-26 05:54:23 +00005045}
5046
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005047static bool IsOverloaded(const Sema::FunctionSet &Functions) {
5048 return Functions.size() > 1 ||
5049 (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
5050}
5051
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005052/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5053/// operator.
5054///
5055/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
5056///
5057/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5058/// operator.
5059///
5060/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5061/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5062/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5063/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5064/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5065/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
5066///
5067/// \param input The input argument.
5068Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5069 unsigned OpcIn,
5070 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005071 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005072 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5073 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
5074
5075 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5076 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
5077 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5078
5079 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
5080 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005081
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005082 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
5083 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
5084 // post-decrement.
5085 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
5086 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005087 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005088 SourceLocation());
5089 NumArgs = 2;
5090 }
5091
5092 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005093 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005094 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5095 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005096 /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Functions));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005097 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005098 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
5099 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005100 Fn->addDecl(*Func);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005101
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005102 input.release();
5103 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
5104 &Args[0], NumArgs,
5105 Context.DependentTy,
5106 OpLoc));
5107 }
5108
5109 // Build an empty overload set.
5110 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5111
5112 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
5113 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
5114
5115 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5116 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
5117
5118 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005119 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005120
5121 // Perform overload resolution.
5122 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005123 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005124 case OR_Success: {
5125 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5126 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005127
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005128 if (FnDecl) {
5129 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5130 // operator.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005131
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005132 // Convert the arguments.
5133 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
5134 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
5135 return ExprError();
5136 } else {
5137 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005138 OwningExprResult InputInit
5139 = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005140 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005141 SourceLocation(),
5142 move(input));
5143 if (InputInit.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005144 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005145
Douglas Gregore6600372009-12-23 17:40:29 +00005146 input = move(InputInit);
Douglas Gregor8d48e9a2009-12-23 00:02:00 +00005147 Input = (Expr *)input.get();
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005148 }
5149
5150 // Determine the result type
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005151 QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005152
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005153 // Build the actual expression node.
5154 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5155 SourceLocation());
5156 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005157
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005158 input.release();
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005159 Args[0] = Input;
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005160 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this,
5161 new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Eli Friedman030eee42009-11-18 03:58:17 +00005162 Args, NumArgs, ResultTy, OpLoc));
Anders Carlssonf64a3da2009-10-13 21:19:37 +00005163
5164 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5165 FnDecl))
5166 return ExprError();
5167
5168 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005169 } else {
5170 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5171 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5172 // operator node.
5173 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005174 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005175 return ExprError();
5176
5177 break;
5178 }
5179 }
5180
5181 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5182 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
5183 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
5184 break;
5185
5186 case OR_Ambiguous:
5187 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5188 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5189 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005190 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005191 UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005192 return ExprError();
5193
5194 case OR_Deleted:
5195 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5196 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5197 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
5198 << Input->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005199 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005200 return ExprError();
5201 }
5202
5203 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
5204 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
5205 // build a built-in operation.
5206 input.release();
5207 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
5208}
5209
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005210/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
5211/// operator.
5212///
5213/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
5214///
5215/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
5216/// operator.
5217///
5218/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
5219/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
5220/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
5221/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
5222/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
5223/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
5224///
5225/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
5226/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005227Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005228Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005229 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005230 FunctionSet &Functions,
5231 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005232 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005233 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005234
5235 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
5236 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5237 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
5238
5239 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5240 // expression.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005241 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor5287f092009-11-05 00:51:44 +00005242 if (Functions.empty()) {
5243 // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
5244 // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
5245 if (Opc <= BinaryOperator::Assign || Opc > BinaryOperator::OrAssign)
5246 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5247 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
5248
5249 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
5250 Context.DependentTy,
5251 Context.DependentTy,
5252 Context.DependentTy,
5253 OpLoc));
5254 }
5255
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005256 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005257 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5258 0, SourceRange(), OpName, OpLoc,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005259 /* ADL */ true, IsOverloaded(Functions));
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005260
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005261 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005262 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
5263 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005264 Fn->addDecl(*Func);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005265
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005266 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005267 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005268 Context.DependentTy,
5269 OpLoc));
5270 }
5271
5272 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
5273 // create a built-in binary operator.
5274 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005275 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005276
Sebastian Redl6a96bf72009-11-18 23:10:33 +00005277 // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
5278 // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
5279 // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
5280 // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
5281 // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
5282 // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
5283 if (Opc==BinaryOperator::Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005284 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005285
Douglas Gregor084d8552009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005286 // Build an empty overload set.
5287 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005288
5289 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
5290 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
5291
5292 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5293 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5294
5295 // Add builtin operator candidates.
Douglas Gregorc02cfe22009-10-21 23:19:44 +00005296 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005297
5298 // Perform overload resolution.
5299 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005300 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl1a99f442009-04-16 17:51:27 +00005301 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005302 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5303 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5304
5305 if (FnDecl) {
5306 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5307 // operator.
5308
5309 // Convert the arguments.
5310 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005311 OwningExprResult Arg1
5312 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5313 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5314 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5315 SourceLocation(),
5316 Owned(Args[1]));
5317 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005318 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005319
5320 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method))
5321 return ExprError();
5322
5323 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005324 } else {
5325 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005326 OwningExprResult Arg0
5327 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5328 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5329 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
5330 SourceLocation(),
5331 Owned(Args[0]));
5332 if (Arg0.isInvalid())
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005333 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor0a70c4d2009-12-22 21:44:34 +00005334
5335 OwningExprResult Arg1
5336 = PerformCopyInitialization(
5337 InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5338 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
5339 SourceLocation(),
5340 Owned(Args[1]));
5341 if (Arg1.isInvalid())
5342 return ExprError();
5343 Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.takeAs<Expr>();
5344 Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005345 }
5346
5347 // Determine the result type
5348 QualType ResultTy
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005349 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005350 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5351
5352 // Build the actual expression node.
5353 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef1c1e52009-07-14 03:19:38 +00005354 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005355 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5356
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00005357 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5358 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
5359 Args, 2, ResultTy,
5360 OpLoc));
5361
5362 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
5363 FnDecl))
5364 return ExprError();
5365
5366 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005367 } else {
5368 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5369 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5370 // operator node.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005371 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005372 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005373 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005374 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005375 return ExprError();
5376
5377 break;
5378 }
5379 }
5380
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005381 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
5382 // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
5383 // If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
5384 // viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
5385 // built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
5386 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::Comma)
5387 break;
5388
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005389 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
5390 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
5391 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005392 OwningExprResult Result = ExprError();
5393 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
5394 Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005395 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
5396 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005397 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005398 } else {
5399 // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
5400 // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
5401 Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Sebastian Redl027de2a2009-05-21 11:50:50 +00005402 }
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005403 assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
5404 "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
5405 if (Result.isInvalid())
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005406 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005407 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005408 return move(Result);
5409 }
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005410
5411 case OR_Ambiguous:
5412 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5413 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005414 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005415 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates,
Fariborz Jahaniane7196432009-10-12 20:11:40 +00005416 BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005417 return ExprError();
5418
5419 case OR_Deleted:
5420 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5421 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5422 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005423 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005424 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005425 return ExprError();
5426 }
5427
Douglas Gregor66950a32009-09-30 21:46:01 +00005428 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
Douglas Gregore9899d92009-08-26 17:08:25 +00005429 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005430}
5431
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005432Action::OwningExprResult
5433Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
5434 SourceLocation RLoc,
5435 ExprArg Base, ExprArg Idx) {
5436 Expr *Args[2] = { static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
5437 static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get()) };
5438 DeclarationName OpName =
5439 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);
5440
5441 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
5442 // expression.
5443 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
5444
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005445 UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005446 = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*Dependent*/ true,
5447 0, SourceRange(), OpName, LLoc,
John McCall283b9012009-11-22 00:44:51 +00005448 /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false);
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00005449 // Can't add any actual overloads yet
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005450
5451 Base.release();
5452 Idx.release();
5453 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn,
5454 Args, 2,
5455 Context.DependentTy,
5456 RLoc));
5457 }
5458
5459 // Build an empty overload set.
5460 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
5461
5462 // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.
5463
5464 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
5465 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5466
5467 // Add builtin operator candidates.
5468 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
5469
5470 // Perform overload resolution.
5471 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
5472 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
5473 case OR_Success: {
5474 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
5475 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
5476
5477 if (FnDecl) {
5478 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
5479 // operator.
5480
5481 // Convert the arguments.
5482 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
5483 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
5484 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1],
5485 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005486 AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005487 return ExprError();
5488
5489 // Determine the result type
5490 QualType ResultTy
5491 = FnDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5492 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
5493
5494 // Build the actual expression node.
5495 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
5496 LLoc);
5497 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
5498
5499 Base.release();
5500 Idx.release();
5501 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5502 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
5503 FnExpr, Args, 2,
5504 ResultTy, RLoc));
5505
5506 if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getResultType(), LLoc, TheCall.get(),
5507 FnDecl))
5508 return ExprError();
5509
5510 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
5511 } else {
5512 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
5513 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
5514 // operator node.
5515 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005516 Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing) ||
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005517 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005518 Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing))
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005519 return ExprError();
5520
5521 break;
5522 }
5523 }
5524
5525 case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005526 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5527 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
5528 << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
5529 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
5530 else
5531 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
5532 << Args[0]->getType()
5533 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005534 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates,
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005535 "[]", LLoc);
5536 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005537 }
5538
5539 case OR_Ambiguous:
5540 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
5541 << "[]" << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005542 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates,
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005543 "[]", LLoc);
5544 return ExprError();
5545
5546 case OR_Deleted:
5547 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
5548 << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
5549 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005550 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates,
5551 "[]", LLoc);
Sebastian Redladba46e2009-10-29 20:17:01 +00005552 return ExprError();
5553 }
5554
5555 // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
5556 Base.release();
5557 Idx.release();
5558 return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Owned(Args[0]), LLoc,
5559 Owned(Args[1]), RLoc);
5560}
5561
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005562/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
5563/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
5564/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
5565/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
5566/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
5567/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
5568/// function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005569Sema::OwningExprResult
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005570Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
5571 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005572 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
5573 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5574 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
5575 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005576 Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();
5577
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005578 MemberExpr *MemExpr;
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005579 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005580 if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
5581 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005582 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
5583 } else {
5584 UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005585
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005586 QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005587
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005588 // Add overload candidates
5589 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005590
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005591 // FIXME: avoid copy.
5592 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
5593 if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
5594 UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
5595 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
5596 }
5597
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005598 for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
5599 E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5600
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005601 NamedDecl *Func = *I;
5602 CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
5603 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
5604 Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();
5605
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005606 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005607 // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
5608 // non-template member function.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005609 if (TemplateArgs)
Douglas Gregord3319842009-10-24 04:59:53 +00005610 continue;
5611
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005612 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ActingDC, ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
5613 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005614 } else {
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005615 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005616 ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
5617 ObjectType, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005618 CandidateSet,
5619 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00005620 }
Douglas Gregor5ed5ae42009-08-21 18:42:58 +00005621 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005622
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005623 DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();
5624
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005625 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005626 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, UnresExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005627 case OR_Success:
5628 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
5629 break;
5630
5631 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005632 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005633 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005634 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005635 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005636 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005637 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005638
5639 case OR_Ambiguous:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005640 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005641 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005642 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005643 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005644 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005645
5646 case OR_Deleted:
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005647 Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005648 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor97628d62009-08-21 00:16:32 +00005649 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005650 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005651 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005652 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005653 }
5654
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00005655 MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, Method);
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005656
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005657 // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
5658 // non-member call based on that function.
5659 if (Method->isStatic()) {
5660 return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc,
5661 Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc);
5662 }
5663
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00005664 MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005665 }
5666
5667 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005668 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005669 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005670 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005671 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
5672 RParenLoc));
5673
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005674 // Check for a valid return type.
5675 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
5676 TheCall.get(), Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005677 return ExprError();
Anders Carlssonc4859ba2009-10-10 00:06:20 +00005678
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005679 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005680 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005681 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005682 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005683 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005684 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
5685
5686 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005687 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005688 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005689 RParenLoc))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005690 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005691
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005692 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005693 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson8c84c202009-08-16 03:42:12 +00005694
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00005695 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release());
Douglas Gregor97fd6e22008-12-22 05:46:06 +00005696}
5697
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005698/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
5699/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
5700/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
5701/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005702Sema::ExprResult
5703Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregorb0846b02008-12-06 00:22:45 +00005704 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005705 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005706 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005707 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5708 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005709 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005710
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005711 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
5712 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman44b83ee2009-08-05 19:21:58 +00005713 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005714 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
5715 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
5716 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
5717 // (E).operator().
5718 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005719 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005720
5721 if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object->getType(),
5722 PartialDiagnostic(diag::err_incomplete_object_call)
5723 << Object->getSourceRange()))
5724 return true;
5725
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005726 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
5727 LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
5728 R.suppressDiagnostics();
5729
Douglas Gregorc473cbb2009-11-15 07:48:03 +00005730 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005731 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005732 AddMethodCandidate(*Oper, Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
John McCallf0f1cf02009-11-17 07:50:12 +00005733 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
Douglas Gregor358e7742009-11-07 17:23:56 +00005734 }
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005735
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005736 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
5737 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
5738 // form
5739 //
5740 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
5741 //
5742 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
5743 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregorf49fdf82008-11-20 13:33:37 +00005744 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
5745 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
5746 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
5747 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005748 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
5749 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
5750 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
5751 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
5752 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005753 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005754 const UnresolvedSet *Conversions
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005755 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005756 for (UnresolvedSet::iterator I = Conversions->begin(),
5757 E = Conversions->end(); I != E; ++I) {
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005758 NamedDecl *D = *I;
5759 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
5760 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
5761 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
5762
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005763 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
5764 // surrogates.
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005765 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005766 continue;
Douglas Gregor05155d82009-08-21 23:19:43 +00005767
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005768 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00005769
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005770 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
5771 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
5772 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
5773 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
5774 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005775
Douglas Gregor74ba25c2009-10-21 06:18:39 +00005776 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005777 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, ActingContext, Proto,
5778 Object->getType(), Args, NumArgs,
5779 CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005780 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005781
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005782 // Perform overload resolution.
5783 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005784 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005785 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005786 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
5787 // below.
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005788 break;
5789
5790 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
John McCall02374852010-01-07 02:04:15 +00005791 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5792 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
5793 << Object->getType() << /*call*/ 1
5794 << Object->getSourceRange();
5795 else
5796 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5797 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
5798 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005799 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005800 break;
5801
5802 case OR_Ambiguous:
5803 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5804 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattner1e5665e2008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005805 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005806 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005807 break;
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005808
5809 case OR_Deleted:
5810 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5811 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
5812 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
5813 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005814 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00005815 break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005816 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005817
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005818 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005819 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
5820 // the error.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005821 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005822 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005823 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005824 return true;
5825 }
5826
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005827 if (Best->Function == 0) {
5828 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
5829 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005830 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005831 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
5832 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
5833
5834 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
5835 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
5836 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005837
5838 // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005839 // and then call it.
Eli Friedmana958a012009-12-09 04:52:43 +00005840 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object, Conv);
Fariborz Jahanian78cfcb52009-09-28 23:23:40 +00005841
Fariborz Jahanian774cf792009-09-28 18:35:46 +00005842 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, CE), LParenLoc,
Sebastian Redlc215cfc2009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005843 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
5844 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregorab7897a2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00005845 }
5846
5847 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
5848 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
5849 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
5850 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005851 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005852
5853 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
5854 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
5855
5856 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
5857 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
5858 // list).
5859 Expr **MethodArgs;
5860 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
5861 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5862 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
5863 } else {
5864 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
5865 }
5866 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
5867 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
5868 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005869
5870 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005871 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005872 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
5873
5874 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
5875 // owned.
5876 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005877 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
5878 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor1baf54e2009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005879 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005880 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005881 delete [] MethodArgs;
5882
Anders Carlsson3d5829c2009-10-13 21:49:31 +00005883 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), LParenLoc, TheCall.get(),
5884 Method))
5885 return true;
5886
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005887 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
5888 // slots in the call for them.
5889 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00005890 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005891 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
5892 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
5893
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005894 bool IsError = false;
5895
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005896 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005897 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005898 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
5899
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005900
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005901 // Check the argument types.
5902 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005903 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005904 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005905 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005906
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005907 // Pass the argument.
5908 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor7c3bbdf2009-12-16 03:45:30 +00005909 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, AA_Passing);
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005910 } else {
Douglas Gregor1bc688d2009-11-09 19:27:57 +00005911 OwningExprResult DefArg
5912 = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
5913 if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
5914 IsError = true;
5915 break;
5916 }
5917
5918 Arg = DefArg.takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor02a0acd2009-01-13 05:10:00 +00005919 }
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005920
5921 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5922 }
5923
5924 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
5925 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
5926 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
5927 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
5928 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005929 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005930 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
5931 }
5932 }
5933
Chris Lattnera8a7d0f2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00005934 if (IsError) return true;
5935
Anders Carlssonbc4c1072009-08-16 01:56:34 +00005936 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
5937 return true;
5938
Anders Carlsson1c83deb2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00005939 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor91cea0a2008-11-19 21:05:33 +00005940}
5941
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005942/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005943/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005944/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005945Sema::OwningExprResult
5946Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5947 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005948 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005949
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005950 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
5951 //
5952 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
5953 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
5954 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
5955 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005956 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
5957 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005958 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005959
Eli Friedman132e70b2009-11-18 01:28:03 +00005960 if (RequireCompleteType(Base->getLocStart(), Base->getType(),
5961 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag)
5962 << Base->getSourceRange()))
5963 return ExprError();
5964
John McCall27b18f82009-11-17 02:14:36 +00005965 LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
5966 LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
5967 R.suppressDiagnostics();
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00005968
5969 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005970 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
5971 NamedDecl *D = *Oper;
5972 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
5973 if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
5974 D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
5975
5976 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), ActingContext,
5977 Base->getType(), 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005978 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
John McCall6e9f8f62009-12-03 04:06:58 +00005979 }
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005980
5981 // Perform overload resolution.
5982 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregorc9c02ed2009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005983 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005984 case OR_Success:
5985 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
5986 break;
5987
5988 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
5989 if (CandidateSet.empty())
5990 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005991 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005992 else
5993 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005994 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00005995 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00005996 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00005997
5998 case OR_Ambiguous:
5999 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006000 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00006001 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_ViableCandidates);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006002 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor171c45a2009-02-18 21:56:37 +00006003
6004 case OR_Deleted:
6005 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
6006 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlsson78b54932009-09-10 23:18:36 +00006007 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
John McCall12f97bc2010-01-08 04:41:39 +00006008 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, OCD_AllCandidates);
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006009 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006010 }
6011
6012 // Convert the object parameter.
6013 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00006014 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006015 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor9ecea262008-11-21 03:04:22 +00006016
6017 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregord8061562009-08-06 03:17:00 +00006018 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006019
6020 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek5a201952009-02-07 01:47:29 +00006021 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
6022 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006023 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Anders Carlssone4f4b5e2009-10-13 22:43:21 +00006024
6025 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
6026 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
6027 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr,
6028 &Base, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc));
6029
6030 if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getResultType(), OpLoc, TheCall.get(),
6031 Method))
6032 return ExprError();
6033 return move(TheCall);
Douglas Gregore0e79bd2008-11-20 16:27:02 +00006034}
6035
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006036/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
6037/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
6038/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
6039/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006040/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
6041Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006042 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006043 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
6044 if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
6045 return PE->Retain();
6046
6047 return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
6048 }
6049
6050 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
6051 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006052 assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006053 SubExpr->getType()) &&
Douglas Gregor091f0422009-10-23 22:18:25 +00006054 "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006055 if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
6056 return ICE->Retain();
6057
6058 return new (Context) ImplicitCastExpr(ICE->getType(),
6059 ICE->getCastKind(),
6060 SubExpr,
6061 ICE->isLvalueCast());
6062 }
6063
6064 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00006065 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006066 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006067 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
6068 if (Method->isStatic()) {
6069 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
6070 // from non-member functions.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006071 } else {
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006072 // Fix the sub expression, which really has to be an
6073 // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
6074 // or template.
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006075 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
6076 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6077 return UnOp->Retain();
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006078
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006079 assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
6080 && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
6081 assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
6082 && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");
6083
6084 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
6085 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
6086 // appropriate pointer to member type.
6087 QualType ClassType
6088 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
6089 QualType MemPtrType
6090 = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
6091
6092 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6093 MemPtrType, UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor6f233ef2009-02-11 01:18:59 +00006094 }
6095 }
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006096 Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
6097 if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
6098 return UnOp->Retain();
Anders Carlssonfcb4ab42009-10-21 17:16:23 +00006099
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006100 return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UnaryOperator::AddrOf,
6101 Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
6102 UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006103 }
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006104
6105 if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006106 // FIXME: avoid copy.
6107 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006108 if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006109 ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6110 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
John McCalle66edc12009-11-24 19:00:30 +00006111 }
6112
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006113 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6114 ULE->getQualifier(),
6115 ULE->getQualifierRange(),
6116 Fn,
6117 ULE->getNameLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006118 Fn->getType(),
6119 TemplateArgs);
John McCalld14a8642009-11-21 08:51:07 +00006120 }
6121
John McCall10eae182009-11-30 22:42:35 +00006122 if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006123 // FIXME: avoid copy.
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006124 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = 0;
6125 if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
6126 MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
6127 TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
6128 }
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006129
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006130 Expr *Base;
6131
6132 // If we're filling in
6133 if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
6134 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
6135 return DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
6136 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6137 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6138 Fn,
6139 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
6140 Fn->getType(),
6141 TemplateArgs);
Douglas Gregorb15af892010-01-07 23:12:05 +00006142 } else {
6143 SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
6144 if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
6145 Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierRange().getBegin();
6146 Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
6147 MemExpr->getBaseType(),
6148 /*isImplicit=*/true);
6149 }
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006150 } else
6151 Base = MemExpr->getBase()->Retain();
6152
6153 return MemberExpr::Create(Context, Base,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006154 MemExpr->isArrow(),
6155 MemExpr->getQualifier(),
6156 MemExpr->getQualifierRange(),
6157 Fn,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00006158 MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
John McCall2d74de92009-12-01 22:10:20 +00006159 TemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006160 Fn->getType());
6161 }
6162
Douglas Gregor51c538b2009-11-20 19:42:02 +00006163 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
6164 return E->Retain();
Douglas Gregorcd695e52008-11-10 20:40:00 +00006165}
6166
Douglas Gregor3e1e5272009-12-09 23:02:17 +00006167Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(OwningExprResult E,
6168 FunctionDecl *Fn) {
6169 return Owned(FixOverloadedFunctionReference((Expr *)E.get(), Fn));
6170}
6171
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00006172} // end namespace clang